Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof

Information

  • Patent Application
  • 20070066630
  • Publication Number
    20070066630
  • Date Filed
    November 15, 2006
    18 years ago
  • Date Published
    March 22, 2007
    17 years ago
Abstract
The present invention provides compounds of Formula (I): and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, and tautomers thereof, wherein: Q is selected from the group consisting of: L is selected from the group consisting of:  pharmaceutically compositions comprising one or more compounds of formula (I), and methods of using the compounds of formula (I).
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to nicotinic acid receptor agonist compounds useful for treating metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, hematological diseases, cancer, inflammation, respiratory diseases, gastroenterological diseases, diabetes, and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease; pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds; pharmaceutical compositions comprising nicotinic acid receptor agonist compounds in combination with other therapeutic agents; and methods of treatment using the compounds and compositions to treat conditions such as metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, hematological diseases, cancer, inflammation, respiratory diseases, gastroenterological diseases, diabetes, hepatic steatosis and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease.


BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Nicotinic acid has been used to treat metabolic syndrome and dyslipidemia. However, nicotinic acid has undesirable side effects such as flushing and diarrhea. It is therefore desirable to provide improved nicotinic acid receptor agonists with improved efficacy at treating metabolic syndrome and dyslipidemia, yet without the undesirable side effects. The compounds of the present invention provide such improved nicotinic acid receptor agonists.


M. Ridi, Gazzetta Chim. Ital. (1950) vol. 80, p. 121 and M. Ridi, Gazzetta Chim. Ital. (1952) vol. 82, p. 23 disclose syntheses of barbituric acid derivatives. FR 2563223 discloses nucleoside analogs. T. Paterson et al., J. Chem. Soc., Perkins Trans. I (1972), vol. 8, pp. 1041-1050 discloses the synthesis of 8-substituted pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidines. S. Rao, Indian J. Chem. (1974), 12(10), pp. 1028-1030 discloses the synthesis of pyrano[2,3-d]pyrimidines. M. Skof, Heterocycles, (1999), 51(5), pp. 1051-1058 discloses one step transformations of (S)-1-benzoyl-3-[(E)-dimethylaminomethylidene]-5-methoxycarbonyl-pyrrolidin-2-one into quinolizinyl- and 2H-2-pyranonyl-substituted alanine derivatives. R. Toplak J. Heterocyclic Chem. (1999), 36(1), pp. 225-235 discloses the synthesis of pyran-2-ones. However, the compounds of the above references differ from those of the present invention.


WO 2004/110368 describes combination therapies for the treatment of hypertension comprising the combination of an anti-obesity agent and an anti-hypertensive agent. However, WO 2004/110368 fails to describe nicotinic acid receptor agonists, or combinations of one or more nicotinic acid receptor agonists with a second therapeutic agent.


WO 2005/000217 describes combination therapies for the treatment of dyslipidemia comprising the administration of a combination of an anti-obesity agent and an anti-dyslipidemic agent. However, WO 2005/000217 fails to describe nicotinic acid receptor agonists, or combinations of one or more nicotinic acid receptor agonists with a second therapeutic agent.


WO 2004/110375 describes combination therapies for the treatment of diabetes comprising the administration of a combination of an anti-obesity agent and an anti-diabetic agent. However, WO 2004/110375 fails to describe nicotinic acid receptor agonists, or combinations of one or more nicotinic acid receptor agonists with a second therapeutic agent.


US 2004/0122033 describes combination therapies for the treatment of obesity comprising the administration of a combination of an appetite suppressant and/or metabolic rate enhancers and/or nutrient absorption inhibitors. However, US 2004/0122033 fails to describe nicotinic acid receptor agonists, or combinations of one or more nicotinic acid receptor agonists with a second therapeutic agent. US 2004/0229844 describes combination therapies for treating atherosclerosis comprising the administration of a combination of nicotinic acid or another nicotinic acid receptor agonist and a DP receptor antagonist. However, the nicotinic acid agonists of US 2004/0229844 are quite different from those of the present invention.


WO2005/077950 describes xanthine derivatives which are agonists of the nicotinic acid receptor HM74A. However, the xanthine derivatives of WO2005/077950 are quite different from the compounds of the present invention.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to a compound of Formula (I):
embedded image

  • and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, and tautomers thereof, wherein:
    • Q is selected from the group consisting of:
      embedded image
    • L is selected from the group consisting of:
      embedded image
    • R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, arylalkyl, -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, wherein an alkyl group can be optionally substituted with one or more of the following groups, which can be the same or different: —OH, cycloalkyl, —C(O)-alkyl, -alkylene-C(O)—O-alkyl, —O—R10, -alkylene-O-alkyl, aryl, -alkylene-aryl, heteroaryl, -alkylene-heteroaryl, halogen, —(CH2)n—N(R7)2, -alkylene-cycloalkyl, or -alkylene-cycloalkenyl,
      • wherein the cycloalkyl or the cycloalkyl portion of said -alkylene-cycloalkyl of R1 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, said aryl or the aryl portion of said -alkylene-aryl of R1 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and said heteroaryl or the heteroaryl portion of said -alkylene-heteroaryl of R1 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more —OH, —C(O)-alkyl, —C(O)—O-alkyl, —C(O)—OH, —O—R10, -alkylene-O-alkyl, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with one or more Y groups, unsubstituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl substituted with one or more Y groups, and halogen; or
    • R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached, form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkenyl ring or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic ring having 1 or 2 heteroatoms;
    • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -alkylene-O-alkyl, cycloalkyl, -alkylene-cycloalkyl, -alkylene-C(O)—O-alkyl, -alkylene-O—C(O)-alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, and heteroaryl,
      • wherein the cycloalkyl or the cycloalkyl portion of said -alkylene-cycloalkyl of R3 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, said aryl of R3 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and said heteroaryl of R3 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-alkynyl, —O—R10, —C(O)—O-alkyl, —S(O)m—R9, —N(R7)2, —N(R7)—NH—C(O)-alkyl, —N(R7)—NH—C(O)—O-alkyl, —O—N═C(R12)2, —N(R7)—N═C(R12)2, —C(O)-alkyl, unsubstituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl substituted with one or more X groups, —O—N(R7)—C(O)—O-alkyl, —C(O)—N(R7)2, —CN, —N3, and —O—C(O)-alkyl;
    • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, —OH, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl -alkylene-C(O)—R8, -alkylene-C(O)—N(R11)2, -alkylene-C(═N—O-alkyl)-aryl, cycloalkyl, -alkylene-cycloalkyl, -alkylene-C(O)—O-alkyl, -alkylene-O—C(O)-alkyl, -alkylene-C(O)-heterocyclyl, and alkenyl,
      • wherein the cycloalkyl or the cycloalkyl portion of said -alkylene-cycloalkyl of R5 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and the aryl portion of said -alkylene-C(═N—O-alkyl)-aryl of R5 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • R6 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, -alkylene-O-alkyl, —O—R10, halogen, aryl, heteroaryl, and —N(R7)2,
      • wherein the aryl of R6 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and said heteroaryl of R6 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
    • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, —C(O)-alkyl, and —C(O)-aryl,
      • wherein the cycloalkyl of R7 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and the aryl portion of said —C(O)-aryl or said aryl of R7 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • two R7 groups, together with the N atom to which they are bonded form a heterocyclyl;
    • R8 is selected from the group consisting of aryl, —OH, and heterocyclyl,
      • wherein the heterocyclyl of R8 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and said aryl of R8 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • R9 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl, -alkylene-cycloalkyl, alkenyl, —N(R11)2, and -alkylene-aryl,
      • wherein the cycloalkyl portion of said -alkylene-cycloalkyl of R9 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and the aryl portion of said -alkylene-aryl of R9 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and
      • with the proviso that when R9 is —N(R11)2, m is 1 or 2;
    • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, cycloalkyl, arylalkyl, haloalkyl, -alkylene-O-alkyl, -alkylene-aryl, -alkenylene-aryl, -alkylene-heteroaryl, alkenyl, —C(O)-alkyl, alkynyl, and -alkylene-cycloalkyl,
      • wherein an the alkynyl portion of an —O-alkynyl group can be optionally subsituted with —OH or alkoxy; the cycloalkyl portion of an —O-cycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted with an -alkylene-O-alkylene-aryl group; the cycloalkyl portion of said-alkylene-cycloalkyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups; the aryl portion of said -alkylene-aryl or -alkenylene-aryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups; and the heteroaryl portion of said -alkylene-heteroaryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
    • R11 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and aryl,
      • wherein the aryl of R11 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups; or
    • two R11 groups, together with the N atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclyl;
    • each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl,
      • wherein the aryl of R12 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups and said heteroaryl of R12 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups; or wherein both R12 groups, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, combine to form a heterocyclyl group;
    • Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl,
      • wherein the aryl of Ra and Rb is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and said heteroaryl of Ra and Rb is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
    • Rc is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkylene-aryl, and —C(O)-alkyl,
      • wherein the aryl portion of said alkylene-aryl of Rc is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • Rd is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, and alkylene-aryl,
      • wherein the aryl portion of said alkylene-aryl of Rd is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
    • each X is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-haloalkyl, and —OH;
    • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-haloalkyl, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —S(O2)-alkyl, —S(O2)-aryl, —S(O2)—NH2, —S(O2)—NH-alkyl, —S(O2)—NH-aryl, —S(O2)-N(alkyl)2, —S(O2)-N(aryl)2, —S(O2)—N(alkyl)(aryl), and aryl;
    • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, haloalkyl, halogen, —O-alkyl, —O-haloalkyl, —CN, —OH, aryl, and N-oxide;
    • n is 0, 1, 2, or 3;
    • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
      • with the proviso that when L is (f), and R2, R3 and R5 are each H, then R1 is not —CH3.


In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.


In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a disease or disorder in a patient, such as metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, hematological diseases, cancer, inflammation, respiratory diseases, gastroenterological diseases, diabetes, and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. The method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof.


In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a disease or disorder in a patient, such as metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, hematological diseases, cancer, inflammation, respiratory diseases, gastroenterological diseases, diabetes, hepatic steatosis, and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease. The method comprises administering to the patient an effective amount of at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof, in combination with at least one additional active ingredient selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase inhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols (e.g., Omacor® from Pronova Biocare, Oslo, norway), low-density lipoprotein receptor activators, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC2 inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11βHSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).







DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

The nicotinic acid receptor agonist compounds of the present invention are useful for treating conditions such as metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular diseases, disorders of the peripheral and central nervous system, hematological diseases, cancer, inflammation, respiratory diseases, gastroenterological diseases, diabetes, hepatic steatosis, and non-alcoholic fatty liver disease and other diseases listed herein. One or more compounds of the present invention can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents as described herein.


The present invention provides compound of Formula (I):
embedded image

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, estesr, and tautomers thereof, wherein L, Q, R1 and R2 are defined above for the compound of formula (I).


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is arylalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cyclopropyl, -alkylene-cyclobutyl, -alkylene-cyclopentyl or -alkylene-cyclohexyl.


In a further embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkenyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.


In one embodiment, R1 is methyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is ethyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-propyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is n-butyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is n-pentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-hexyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is a branched chain alkyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms.


In a further embodiment, R1 is isopropyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is isobutyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is isopentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is sec-butyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is tert-butyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, having from 1 to 3 F atoms.


In another embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)3CF3.


In one embodiment, R2 is —H.


In another embodiment, R2 is —CN.


In another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)-alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)CH3.


In one embodiment, R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R3 is —OH.


In another embodiment, R3 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R3 is cycloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R3 is heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —O-arylalkyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —OCH3.


In another embodiment, R3 is cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is ethyl.


In still another embodiment, R3 is N-morpholinyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —O-benzyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is —CH2CH2OCH3.


In yet another embodiment, R3 is —OCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R3 is —CH2F.


In one embodiment, R3 is —CH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R3 is —OH.


In one embodiment, R4 is —CF3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —H.


In another embodiment, R4 is —O-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R4—O-alkynyl.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is haloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R4 is is —CH2F.


In another embodiment, R4 is —CH(F)2.


In another embodiment, R4 is —CF3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3CH3.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH3.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C-cyclopropyl.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3.


In one embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OCH3.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OH.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3OH.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —OCH(CH3)C≡CCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C-cyclohexyl.


In one embodiment, R4 is —O-cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R4 is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R4 is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R5 is —OH.


In another embodiment, R5 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R5 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R5 is cycloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R5 is heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —O-arylalkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —OCH3.


In another embodiment, R5 is cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is ethyl.


In still another embodiment, R5 is N-morpholinyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —O-benzyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is —CH2CH2OCH3.


In yet another embodiment, R5 is —OCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R5 is —CH2F.


In one embodiment, R5 is —CH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R5 is —OH.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2-(4-methoxyphenyl).


In one embodiment, R6 is —OCH2F.


In another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH3


In still another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH2OCH3.


In one embodiment, Q is:
embedded image


In another embodiment, Q is:
embedded image


In another embodiment, Q is:
embedded image


In still another embodiment, Q is:
embedded image


In yet another embodiment, Q is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, L is:
embedded image


In another embodiment, L is:
embedded image


In another embodiment, L is:
embedded image


In still another embodiment, L is:
embedded image


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkenyl, —(C1-C6)alkynyl, —(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkyl substituted with one hydroxyl group, —(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(CH2)n—N(R7)2, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkenyl
    • wherein the —(C3-C7)cycloalkyl or the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and the (C2-C10)heteroaryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
  • R2 is H, halogen, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with one or more independently selected Y groups, unsubstituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl substituted with one or more independently selected Y groups; or
  • R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached, form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkenyl ring;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C3-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O-alkyl, and (C1-C6)alkenyl,
    • wherein the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C3-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl of R3 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups;
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —O—R10, —C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O)m—R9, —N(R7)2, —O—N═C(R12)2, —N(R7)—NH—C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl and —C(O)—(C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, —(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—R8, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(═N—O—(C1-C6)alkyl)-(C6-C10)aryl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, and (C2-C6)alkenyl
    • wherein the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl or the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl of R5 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(═N—O—(C1-C6)alkyl)-(C6-C10)aryl of R5 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R6 is selected from the group consisting of —O—R10, halogen, and —N(R7)2; each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C7)cycloalkyl, and (C6-C10)aryl,
    • wherein the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl of R7 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and said (C6-C10)aryl of R7 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted (C6-C10)aryl, (C6-C10)aryl substituted with one or more Y groups, —OH, unsubstituted (C2-C10)heterocyclyl, and (C2-C10)heterocyclyl substituted with one or more X groups;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl,
    • wherein the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl of R9 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl of R9 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y;
  • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C2-C6)alkenylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl,
    • wherein the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, and the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl or —(C2-C6)alkenylene-(C6-C10)aryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and the (C2-C10)heteroaryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
  • each R12 is independently a (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • Ra and Rb are each independently a (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • Rc is H;
  • Rd is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl of Rd is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, and —OH;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Br, Cl, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —S(O2)—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—NH2, —S(O2)—NH—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—NH—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)2, —S(O2)—N((C6-C10)aryl)2, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)((C6-C10)aryl), and (C6-C10)aryl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, F, Br, and Cl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —CN, —OH, (C6-C10)aryl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH═CHCH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2—OH, —CH(CH3)—OH, cyclobutyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2—O—CH3, —CH2CF3, —CHBrCH3, —CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2Cl, —CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2CH2CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2-cyclobutyl, —CH2CH2-cyclobutyl, —CH2CH2CH2-cyclobutyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2-cyclobutyl, —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2CH2CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-(4-methylcyclohexyl), —CH2CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-cycloheptyl, —CH2-(2-cyclopentenyl, —CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2-phenyl, —CH2-(2-fluorophenyl), —CH2-(3-fluorophenyl), and —CH2-NH(3-methoxyphenyl);
  • R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, F, Cl, Br, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with one or more Y groups, unsubstituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl substituted with one or more Y groups; or
  • R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached, form a cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl ring;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH3, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentyl, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH═CH2, and —CH2—O—CH3;
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl, —O—R10, —C(O)—O—CH3, —S(O)2—CH3, —S(O)—CH3, —S(O)—CH2CH3, —S(O)—CH(CH3)2, —S(O)—C(CH3)3, —S(O)—CH2-cyclopropyl, —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —S—CH2—CH═CH2, —N(R7)2, —O—N═C(CH3)2, —NH—NH—C(O)—O—CH3, and —C(O)—CH3,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, or —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl of R4 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2—C(O)-phenyl, —CH2—C(O)—OH, —CH2—C(═N—O—CH3)-phenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, —CH2—C(O)-piperidyl, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH3, and —CH2—CH═CH3,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —CH2—C(O)-phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R6 is selected from the group consisting of —R10, Cl, and —N(R7)2;
  • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, cyclobutyl, unsubstituted phenyl, and phenyl substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—CH═CH3, —CH2C≡C—CH3, —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, —CH2-pyridyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, and —CH2-pyrimidinyl,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, or —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y, and the pyridyl, thiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl portion of said —CH2-pyridyl, —CH2-thiazolyl, or —CH2-pyrimidinyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Z;
  • Ra and Rb are each —CH3;
  • Rc is H;
  • Rd is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, and —CH2-phenyl,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —CH2-phenyl of Rd is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, —CH3, —CF3, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, —CN, —OH, and phenyl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CF3, F, Br, and Cl, —O—CH3, —CN, —OH, phenyl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl, unsubstituted (C6-C10)aryl, and (C6-C10)aryl substituted with one or more substituents Y;
  • R2 is H or halogen;
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —O—R10, —C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O)m—R9, —N(R7)2, —O—N═C(R12)2, —N(R7)—NH—C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, and —C(O)—(C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R5 is H or (C1-C6)alkyl;
  • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted (C6-C10)aryl, and (C6-C10)aryl substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl of R9 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y;
  • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkenylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl
    • wherein the aryl of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl or —(C1-C6)alkenylene-(C6-C10)aryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y, and the (C2-C10)heteroaryl of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Z;
  • each R12 is independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, and (C2-C10)heteroaryl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y group, and said (C2-C10)heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z group;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —S(O2)—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—NH2, —S(O2)—NH—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—NH—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)2, —S(O2)—N((C6-C10)aryl)2, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)((C6-C10)aryl), and (C6-C10)aryl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, halogen, —O-alkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —CN, —OH, (C6-C10)aryl, and, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is —CH2CH3, butyl, pentyl, —CH2—CH2—CH2-cyclopropyl;
  • R2 is H, Br, unsubstituted aryl, aryl substituted with one or more Y groups, unsubstituted heteroaryl, heteroaryl substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl, —O—R10, —C(O)—O—CH3, —S(O)—CH3, —S(O)—CH2CH3, —S(O)—CH(CH3)2, —S(O)—C(CH3)3, —S(O)—CH2-cyclopropyl, —S—CH2—CH═CH2, —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —N(R7)2, —O—N═C(CH3)2, —NH—NH—C(O)—O—CH3, and —C(O)—CH3,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, or —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl of R4 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y;
  • R5 is H or —CH2CH3;
  • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and cyclobutyl;
  • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH3, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—CH═CH2, —CH2C≡C—CH3, —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, —CH2-pyridyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, —CH2-pyrimidinyl,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, or —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y, and the pyridyl, thiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl portion of said —CH2-pyridyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, or —CH2-pyrimidinyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Z;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, —CH3, —CF3, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, and phenyl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH3, phenyl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • is selected from the group consisting of —(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkenyl, —(C1-C6)alkynyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkenyl, (C1-C6)alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, —(CH2)n—N(R7)2, and —(C1-C6)haloalkyl
    • wherein the —(C3-C7)cycloalkyl or the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and the (C2-C10)heteroaryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
  • R2 is H;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, —(C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—R8, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(═N—O—(C1-C6)alkyl)-(C6-C10)aryl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl;
  • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and aryl,
    • wherein the aryl of R7 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted (C6-C10)aryl, (C6-C10)aryl substituted with one or more Y groups, —OH, unsubstituted (C2-C10)heterocyclyl and (C2-C10)heterocyclyl substituted with one or more X groups;
  • each X is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, and —OH;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —S(O2)—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—NH2, —S(O2)—NH—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—NH—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)2, —S(O2)—N((C6-C10)aryl)2, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)((C6-C10)aryl), and (C6-C10)aryl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, F, Br, and Cl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —CN, —OH, (C6-C10)aryl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH2CH3, —CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH═CHCH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2OH, —CH(CH3)OH, —CH2N(R7)2, cyclobutyl, —CH2CH2CH2—O—CH3, —CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2Cl, —CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2CH2CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-(4-methylcyclohexyl), —CH2CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-cycloheptyl, —CH2-(2-cyclopentenyl, —CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2-phenyl, —CH2-(2-fluorophenyl), —CH2-(3-fluorophenyl), and —CHBrCH3;
  • R2 is H; or
  • R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached, form a cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl ring;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH3, -cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH═CH2, and —CH2—O—CH3;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of H, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH3, —CH2—C(O)—R8, —CH2—C(═N—O—CH3)-phenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, and —CH2CH═CH2;
  • each R7 is independently H or phenyl,
    • wherein the phenyl of R7 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R8 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more Y groups, —OH, and piperidyl; and
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, —CF3, —OCH3, —CN, and —OH.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkenyl, —(C1-C6)alkynyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkenyl, —(C1-C6)alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, —(CH2)n—N(R7)2, and —(C1-C6)haloalkyl
    • wherein the —(C3-C7)cycloalkyl or the (C3-C7)cycloalkyl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C7)cycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups, the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and the (C2-C10)heteroaryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
  • R2 is H; or
  • R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached, form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkenyl ring;
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, —O—R10, —C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O)m—R9, —N(R7)2, —O—N═C(R12)2, —N(R7)—NH—C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, and —C(O)—(C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R6 is selected from the group consisting of —O—R10, halogen, and —N(R7)2;
  • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, unsubstituted (C6-C10)aryl, and (C6-C10)aryl substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl of R9 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y;
  • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkenylene-(C6-C10)aryl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, (C2-C6)alkynyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl or —(C1-C6)alkenylene-(C6-C10)aryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y, and the (C2-C10)heteroaryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C2-C10)heteroaryl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Z;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Br, Cl, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —S(O2)—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—NH2, —S(O2)—NH—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—NH—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)2, —S(O2)—N((C6-C10)aryl)2, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)((C6-C10)aryl), and (C6-C10)aryl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, F, Br, and Cl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —CN, —OH, (C6-C10)aryl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH2CH3, —CH2—OH, —CH(CH3)—OH, —CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH═CHCH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, cyclobutyl, —CH2CH2CH2—O—CH3, —CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2Cl, —CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2CH2CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-(4-methylcyclohexyl), —CH2CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-cycloheptyl, —CH2-(2-cyclopentenyl, —CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2-phenyl, —CH2-(2-fluorophenyl), —CH2-(3-fluorophenyl), —CHBrCH3 and —CH2CF3;
  • R2 is H; or
  • R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached, form a cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl ring
  • R4 is selected from the group consisting of Cl, —O—R10, —C(O)—O—CH3, —S(O)2—CH3, —S(O)—CH3, —S(O)—CH2CH3, —S(O)—CH(CH3)2, —S(O)—C(CH3)3, —S(O)—CH2-cyclopropyl, —S—CH2—CH═CH2, —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —N(R7)2, —O—N═C(CH3)2, —NH—NH—C(O)—O—CH3, and —C(O)—CH3,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, or —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl of R4 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y;
  • R6 is selected from the group consisting of —O—R10, —N(R7)2, and Cl;
  • each R7 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more Y groups, and cyclobutyl;
  • R10 is selected from the group consisting of H, CH3, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C≡C—CH3, —CH2—CH═CH2, —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, —CH2-pyridyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, —CH2-pyrimidinyl,
    • wherein the phenyl portion of said —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, or —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y, and the pyridyl, thiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl portion of said —CH2-pyridyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, or —CH2-pyrimidinyl of R10 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Z;
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, —CH3, —CF3, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, —CN, —OH, and phenyl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH3, F, Br, and Cl, —O—CH3, —CN, —OH, phenyl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is —(C1-C6)alkyl;
  • R2 is H;
  • R3 is H or —(C2-C6)alkenyl; and
  • R6 is —OH or —O—(C1-C6)alkylene-(C1-C6)cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is:
    embedded image
  • R1 is —(C1-C6)alkyl or —(C1-C6)haloalkyl;
  • R2 is H;
  • R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C1-C6)cycloalkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-C(O)—O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)cycloalkyl, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C2-C6)alkenyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-O—(C1-C6)alkyl; and
  • R4 is —O—N═C((C1-C6)alkyl)2.


In another embodiment of the compounds of Formula (I),

  • Q is:
    embedded image
  • L is selected from the group consisting of:
    embedded image
  • Ra and Rb are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C6-C10)aryl, and (C2-C10)heteroaryl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl of Ra and Rb is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and said (C2-C10)heteroaryl of Ra and Rb is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups;
  • Rc is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl, and —C(O)—(C1-C6)alkyl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl of Rc is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • Rd is selected from the group consisting of H, (C1-C6)alkyl, and —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl,
    • wherein the (C6-C10)aryl portion of said —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl of Rd is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups;
  • R1 is (C1-C6)alkyl or or —(C1-C6)haloalkyl;
  • R2 is H;
  • R3 is H;
  • R4 is —O—R10;
  • R5 is H or —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C3-C6)cycloalkyl;
  • R6 is —O—R10;
  • R10 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl, or —(C1-C6)alkylene-(C6-C10)aryl; and
  • each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Br, Cl, (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —O—(C1-C6)haloalkyl, —CN, —NO2, —OH, —S(O2)—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—NH2, —S(O2)—NH—(C1-C6)alkyl, —S(O2)—NH—(C6-C10)aryl, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)2, —S(O2)—N((C6-C10)aryl)2, —S(O2)—N((C1-C6)alkyl)((C6-C10)aryl), and (C6-C10)aryl; and
  • each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of (C1-C6)alkyl, (C1-C6)haloalkyl, F, Br, and Cl, —O—(C1-C6)alkyl, —CN, —OH, (C6-C10)aryl, and N-oxide.


In another embodiment of the Formula (I), R1 is —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH2CH3, —CH2CF3, —CH2—OH, —CH(CH3)OH, —CH2—N(R7)2, —CH2—NH(3-methoxyphenyl), —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, —CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH═CHCH3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, —CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2, cyclobutyl, —CH2CH2CH2—O—CH3, —CH2CF3, —CHBrCH3, —CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CH2Cl, —CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2CH2CH2-(2-thiophenyl), —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2CH2-cyclopentyl, —CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-(4-methylcyclohexyl), —CH2CH2-cyclohexyl, —CH2-cycloheptyl, —CH2-(2-cyclopentenyl, —CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2CH2CH2C≡CH, —CH2-phenyl, —CH2-(2-fluorophenyl), —CH2-(3-fluorophenyl), or —CHBrCH3.


In another embodiment of the Formula (I), R2 is H.


In another embodiment of the Formula (I), R2 is Br.


In another embodiment, R1 and R2 together with the ring carbon atoms to which they are shown attached in Formula (I), form a cyclopentenyl or cyclohexenyl ring.


In another embodiment of the Formula (I), R3 is H, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH3, -cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2—CH2CH3, —CH2CH═CH2, or —CH2—O—CH3.


In another embodiment of the Formula (I), R4 is Cl, —OH, —O—CH3, —O—CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C≡C—CH3, —O—CH2-phenyl, —O—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, —O—CH2-pyridyl, —O—CH2-thiazolyl, —O—CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, —O—CH2-pyrimidinyl, —C(O)—O—CH3, —S(O2) —CH3, —S(O)—CH3, —S(O)—CH2CH3, —S(O)—CH(CH3)2, —S(O)—C(CH3)3, —S(O)—CH2-cyclopropyl, —S(O)—CH2-phenyl, —S(O)—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —S(O)—N(R11)2, —S(O2)—N(R11)2, —S—CH2—CH═CH2, —N(H)cyclobutyl, —N(H)phenyl, —NH—NH—C(O)—O—CH3, —O—CH2—CH═CH2, —O—N═C(CH3)2, or —C(O)—CH3, wherein the phenyl portions of any of these groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups as defined herein, the cyclobutyl portions of any of these groups may be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups as defined herein, and the pyridyl, thiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl portions of any of these groups can be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups as defined herein.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R5 is H, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, —CH2—C(O)-phenyl, —CH2—C(O)—OH, —CH2—C(═N—O—CH3)-phenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, —CH2—C(O)-piperidyl, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—C(O)—O—CH3, or —CH2—CH═CH3, wherein the phenyl of said —CH2—C(O)-phenyl of R5 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups as defined herein, said cyclopropyl, the cyclopropyl of said —CH2-cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or the piperidyl of said —CH2—C(O)-piperidyl of R5 are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more X groups as defined herein.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R6 is —OH, Cl, —O—CH3, —O—CH2-cyclopropyl, —O—CH2—CH═CH3, —O—CH2-phenyl, —O—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, —O—CH2-pyridyl, —O—CH2-thiazolyl, —O—CH2-pyrimidinyl, and —N(H)cyclobutyl, —N(H)phenyl, —NH—NH—C(O)—O—CH3, wherein the phenyl of said —O—CH2-phenyl, —O—CH(CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, —O—CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, or —O—CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl of R6 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Y as defined herein, and the pyridyl, thiazolyl, or pyrimidinyl of said —O—CH2-pyridyl, —O—CH2-thiazolyl, or —O—CH2-pyrimidinyl of R6 is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more groups Z as defined herein.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), each R7 is independently H, —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH2CH2CH3, unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more Y groups, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, —C(O)—CH3, and —C(O)-phenyl. Alternatively, two groups R7, together with the N atom to which they are attached, form an azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, triazolyl, or pyrrolyl ring.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R8 is —CH3, unsubstituted phenyl, phenyl substituted with one or more Y groups, piperidyl, and —OH.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R9 is —CH3, —CH2CH3, —CH(CH3)2, —C(CH3)3, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2—CH═CH2 (allyl), —CH2-phenyl, and —CH(CH3)-phenyl.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R10 is H, —CH2C≡CCH3, —CH2-cyclopropyl, —CH2CH═CH2, —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —CH2-pyridyl, —CH2-thiazolyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, —CH2-pyrimidyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of —CH2-phenyl, —CH(CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH3)-phenyl, —CH(CH(CH3)2)-phenyl, —CH(CH2CH═CH2)-phenyl, and —CH(CH2CH2CH3)-phenyl of R10 are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups, and the pyridyl, thiazolyl, and pyrimidyl portion of said —CH2-pyridyl, —CH2-thiazolyl, —CH(CH3)-thiazolyl, —CH2-pyrimidyl are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Z groups.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R11 is H, —CH3, or phenyl, wherein the phenyl is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups. Alternatively, two groups R11, together with the N atom to which they are attached, form an azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, triazolyl, or pyrrolyl ring.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), R12 is H, —CH3, —CH2CH3, or unsubstituted pyridyl or pyridyl substituted with one or more Z groups.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), Ra is H or —CH3.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), Rb is H or —CH3.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), Ra and Rb are both —CH3.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), Rc is H or —CH3.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), Rd is H, —CH3, or —CH2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of said —CH2-phenyl of Rd is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more Y groups as defined herein.


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), each X is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CF3, F, Br, and Cl, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, —CN, —OH, phenyl, and N-oxide;


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), each Y is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, —CH3, —CF3, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, —CN, —OH, and phenyl; and


In another embodiment of the compound of Formula (I), each Z is independently selected from the group consisting of —CH3, —CF3, F, Br, and Cl, —O—CH3, —O—CF3, —CN, —OH, phenyl, and N-oxide.


Non-limiting illustrative examples of the compounds of formula (I), include the following compounds:
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof.


In one embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) have the formula (II):
embedded image

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, and tautomers thereof, wherein:


Q is selected from the group consisting of:
embedded image


R1 is —H, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, -alkylene-S-alkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl;


R2 is —H, —CN, or —NHC(O)-alkyl;


R4 is —O-cycloalkyl, —O-alkynyl, —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl, haloalkyl or —O—N═C(R12)2, wherein both R12 groups, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, combine to form a heterocyclyl group, and wherein the alkynyl portion of an —O-alkynyl group can be optionally subsituted with —OH or alkoxy; and wherein the cycloalkyl portion of an —O-cycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted with an -alkylene-O-alkylene-aryl group;


R5 is —H, —OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl; and


R6 is alkoxy, —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, —O-arylalkyl or —O-haloalkyl.


The following embodiments refer to the compounds of formula (II), wherein Q is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is arylalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cyclopropyl, -alkylene-cyclobutyl, -alkylene-cyclopentyl or -alkylene-cyclohexyl.


In a further embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkenyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.


In one embodiment, R1 is methyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is ethyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-propyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is n-butyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is n-pentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-hexyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is a branched chain alkyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms.


In a further embodiment, R1 is isopropyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is isobutyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is isopentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is sec-butyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is tert-butyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, having from 1 to 3 F atoms.


In another embodiment, R1 is —CH2)3CF3.


In one embodiment, R4 is —CF3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —H.


In another embodiment, R4 is —O-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R4—O-alkynyl.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is haloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R4 is is —CH2F.


In another embodiment, R4 is —CH(F)2.


In another embodiment, R4 is —CF3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3CH3.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH3.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C-cyclopropyl.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3.


In one embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OCH3.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OH.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3OH.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —OCH(CH3)C≡CCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C-cyclohexyl.


In one embodiment, R4 is —O-cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R4 is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R4 is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R5 is —OH.


In another embodiment, R5 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R5 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R5 is cycloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R5 is heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —O-arylalkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —OCH3.


In another embodiment, R5 is cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is ethyl.


In still another embodiment, R5 is N-morpholinyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —O-benzyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is —CH2CH2OCH3.


In yet another embodiment, R5 is —OCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R5 is —CH2F.


In one embodiment, R5 is —CH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R5 is —OH.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is arylalkyl and R5 is —H.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl and R5 is —H.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R5 is —H.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl and R5 is —H


In another embodiment, R1 is arylalkyl and R5 is —H.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl and R5 is —H.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R5 is —H.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O-alkynyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O-alkynyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O-alkynyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R5 is —H and R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


The following embodiments refer to the compounds of formula (II), wherein Q is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is arylalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cyclopropyl, -alkylene-cyclobutyl, -alkylene-cyclopentyl or -alkylene-cyclohexyl.


In a further embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkenyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.


In one embodiment, R1 is methyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is ethyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-propyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is n-butyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is n-pentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-hexyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is a branched chain alkyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms.


In a further embodiment, R1 is isopropyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is isobutyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is isopentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is sec-butyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is tert-butyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, having from 1 to 3 F atoms.


In another embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)3CF3.


In one embodiment, R2 is —H.


In another embodiment, R2 is —CN.


In another embodiment, R2 is NHC(O)-alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)CH3.


In one embodiment, R4 is —CF3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —H.


In another embodiment, R4 is —O-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R4—O-alkynyl.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is haloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R4 is is —CH2F.


In another embodiment, R4 is —CH(F)2.


In another embodiment, R4 is —CF3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3CH3.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH3.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C-cyclopropyl.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3.


In one embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CHCH3.


In still another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OH.


In yet another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3OH.


In a further embodiment, R4 is —OCH(CH3)C≡CCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R4 is —OCH2C≡C-cyclohexyl.


In one embodiment, R4 is —O-cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R4 is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R4 is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2-(4-methoxyphenyl).


In one embodiment, R6 is —OCH2F.


In another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH3


In still another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH2OCH3.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl and R4 is —O-alkynyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is alkyl and R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is alkyl and R4 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is alkyl and R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl and R4 is —O-alkynyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl and R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl and R4 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl and R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R4 is —O-alkynyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R4 is —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R4 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R4 is —O—N═C(R7)2.


Non-limiting illustrative examples of the compounds of formula (II), include the following compounds:
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof.


In one embodiment, the compounds of formula (I) have the formula (III):
embedded image

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof, wherein:


Q is selected from the group consisting of:
embedded image


R1 is —H, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, -alkylene-S-alkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl;


R2 is —H, —CN, or —NHC(O)-alkyl;


R3 is —H, —OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl;


R5 is —H, —OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl; and


R6 is alkoxy, —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, —O-arylalkyl or —O-haloalkyl.


The following embodiments refer to the compounds of formula (III), wherein Q is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -arylalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene.


In a further embodiment, R1 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkenyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.


In one embodiment, R1 is methyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is ethyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-propyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is n-butyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is n-pentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-hexyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is a branched chain alkyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms.


In a further embodiment, R1 is isopropyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is isobutyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is isopentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is sec-butyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is tert-butyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, having from 1 to 3 F atoms.


In another embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)3CF3.


In one embodiment, R2 is —H.


In another embodiment, R2 is —CN.


In another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)-alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)CH3.


In one embodiment, R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R3 is —OH.


In another embodiment, R3 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R3 is cycloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R3 is heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —O-arylalkyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —OCH3.


In another embodiment, R3 is cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is ethyl.


In still another embodiment, R3 is N-morpholinyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —O-benzyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is —CH2CH2OCH3.


In yet another embodiment, R3 is —OCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R3 is —CH2F.


In one embodiment, R3 is —CH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R3 is —OH.


In one embodiment, R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R5 is —OH.


In another embodiment, R5 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R5 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R5 is cycloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R5 is heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —O-arylalkyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —OCH3.


In another embodiment, R5 is cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is ethyl.


In still another embodiment, R5 is N-morpholinyl.


In one embodiment, R5 is —O-benzyl.


In another embodiment, R5 is —CH2CH2OCH3.


In yet another embodiment, R5 is —OCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R5 is —CH2F.


In one embodiment, R5 is —CH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R5 is —OH.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl, and each of R2, R3 and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and one, but not both of R3 and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, and each of R2, R3 and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and one, but not both of R3 and R5 is —H.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


The following embodiments refer to the compounds of formula (III), wherein Q is:
embedded image


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2-(4-methoxyphenyl).


In one embodiment, R6 is —OCH2F.


In another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH3


In still another embodiment, R6 is —OCH2CH2OCH3.


In one embodiment, R1 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-S-alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is -arylalkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is -alkylene.


In a further embodiment, R1 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkenyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.


In one embodiment, R1 is methyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is ethyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-propyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is n-butyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is n-pentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is n-hexyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is a branched chain alkyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms.


In a further embodiment, R1 is isopropyl.


In one embodiment, R1 is isobutyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is isopentyl.


In another embodiment, R1 is sec-butyl.


In still another embodiment, R1 is tert-butyl.


In yet another embodiment, R1 is haloalkyl, having from 1 to 3 F atoms.


In another embodiment, R1 is —(CH2)3CF3.


In one embodiment, R2 is —H.


In another embodiment, R2 is —CN.


In another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)-alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R2 is —NHC(O)CH3.


In one embodiment, R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R3 is —OH.


In another embodiment, R3 is alkyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is haloalkyl.


In still another embodiment, R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R3 is cycloalkyl.


In a further embodiment, R3 is heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —O-arylalkyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —OCH3.


In another embodiment, R3 is cyclobutyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is ethyl.


In still another embodiment, R3 is N-morpholinyl.


In one embodiment, R3 is —O-benzyl.


In another embodiment, R3 is —CH2CH2OCH3.


In yet another embodiment, R3 is —OCH2CH3.


In another embodiment, R3 is —CH2F.


In one embodiment, R3 is —CH2CH2F.


In another embodiment, R3 is —OH.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is alkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is alkoxy, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is alkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R8 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is alkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-arylalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is alkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and and R3 is -heterocyclyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is alkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -alkylene-O-alkyl.


In one embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, and each of R2 and R3 is —H.


In another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is alkyl.


In still another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is —O-alkyl.


In yet another embodiment, R6 is —O-haloalkyl, R1 is -alkylene-cycloalkyl, R2 is —H, and R3 is -cycloalkyl.


Non-limiting illustrative examples of the compounds of formula (III),
embedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded imageembedded image

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof.


In all embodiments of the present invention, when L is (f), and R2, R3 and R5 are each H, then R1 is not —CH3. One of skill in the art will recognize that the present invention does not include the following compound, or tautomeric forms thereof:
embedded image


The moiety L of Formula (I) of the present invention can have any chemically stable orientation. That is, when L is (f), the compounds of Formula (I) of the present invention can include the following:
embedded image

or salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof. When L is (g), the compounds of Formula (I) of the present invention can include the following:
embedded image

or salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof. When L is (h), the compounds of Formula (I) of the present invention can include the following:
embedded image

or salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof. When L is (i), the compounds of Formula (I) of the present invention can include the following:
embedded image

or salts, solvates, esters, or tautomers thereof.


The compounds of Formula (I) can be purified to a degree suitable for use as a pharmaceutically active substance. That is, the compounds of Formula (I) can have a purity of 95 wt % or more (excluding adjuvants such as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, solvents, etc., which are used in formulating the compound of Formula (I) into a conventional form, such as a pill, capsule, IV solution, etc. suitable for administration into a patient). The purity can be 97 wt % or more, or, 99 wt % or more. A purified compound of Formula (I) includes a single isomer having a purity, as discussed above, of 95 wt % or more, 97 wt % or more, or 99 wt % or more, as discussed above.


Alternatively, the purified compound of Formula (I) can include a mixture of isomers, each having a structure according to Formula (I), where the amount of impurity (i.e., compounds or other contaminants, exclusive of adjuvants as discussed above) is 5 wt % or less, 3 wt % or less, or 1 wt % or less. For example, the purified compound of Formula (I) can be an isomeric mixture of compounds of Structure (I), where the ratio of the amounts of the two isomers is approximately 1:1, and the combined amount of the two isomers is 95 wt % or more, 97 wt % or more, or 99 wt % or more.


Compounds of Formula (I), and salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention. For example, the compounds of the present invention include tautomeric forms as shown below:
embedded imageembedded image

Such tautomeric forms are considered equivalent.


As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:


“AcOH” means acetic acid.


“Bn” means benzyl.


“BnBr” means benzyl bromide.


“BnOH” means benzyl alcohol.


“CDI” means carbodiimide.


“DCM” means dichloromethane (CH2Cl2).


“DIAD” means diisopropyl azodicarboxylate.


“DIEA” means N,N-diisopropylethylamine.


“DMF” means dimethylformamide.


“Et” means ethyl.


“EtO2” means diethyl ether.


“EtOAc” means ethylacetate.


“HATU” means O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethylammonium hexafluorophosphate.


“HOAc” means acetic acid.


“IBMX” means 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine.


“m-CPBA” means m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid.


“Me” means methyl.


“MeCN” means acetonitrile.


“Mel” means iodomethane.


“Me2S” means dimethyl sulfide.


“MeOH” means methanol.


“NaOEt” means sodium ethoxide.


“NaOMe” means sodium methoxide.


“NBS” means N-bromosuccinimide.


“NEt3” means triethylamine.


“NIS” means N-iodosuccinimide.


“t-Bu” means tertiary-butyl.


“t-BuOK” means potassium tertiary-butoxide.


“TFA” means trifluoroacetic acid.


“TfOH” means trifluromethanesulfonic acid.


“THF” means tetrahydrofuran.


“TLC” means thin layer chromatography.


“PMBOH” means 4-methoxybenzyl alcohol.


“PMBCl” means 4-methoxybenzyl chloride.


“Prep TLC” means preparative thin layer chromatography.


“Patient” includes both human and animals.


“Mammal” means humans and other mammalian animals.


“Alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched and comprising about 1 to about 20 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. More preferred alkyl groups contain about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkyl chain. “Lower alkyl” means a group having about 1 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. “Alkyl” may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, —NH(alkyl), —NH(cycloalkyl), —N(alkyl)2, carboxy and —C(O)O-alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.


“Alkenyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkenyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkenyl chain. “Lower alkenyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. “Alkenyl” may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl. aryl, cycloalkyl, cyano, alkoxy and —S(alkyl). Non-limiting examples of suitable alkenyl groups include ethenyl, propenyl, n-butenyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl, n-pentenyl, octenyl and decenyl. “Alkylene” means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen atom from an alkyl group that is defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkylene include methylene, ethylene and propylene.


“Alkenylene” means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen from an alkenyl group that is defined above. Non-limiting examples of alkenylene include —CH═CH—, —C(CH3)═CH—, and —CH═CHCH2—.


“Alkylene-aryl” (or aryl-alkylene-) means a group in which the aryl and alkylene are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkylene. The alkylene moiety can be bonded to one or more aryl moieties. Alkylene-aryls can comprise a lower alkylene group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylene-aryl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl, 2,2-diphenylethylene and naphthalenylmethyl.


“Alkynyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond and which may be straight or branched and comprising about 2 to about 15 carbon atoms in the chain. Preferred alkynyl groups have about 2 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain; and more preferably about 2 to about 4 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl, are attached to a linear alkynyl chain. “Lower alkynyl” means about 2 to about 6 carbon atoms in the chain which may be straight or branched. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynyl groups include ethynyl, propynyl, 2-butynyl and 3-methylbutynyl.


“Alkynyl” may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted by one or more substituents which may be the same or different, each substituent being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and cycloalkyl.


“Aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably about 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group can be optionally substituted with one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.


“Heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the ring atoms is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The “heteroaryl” can be optionally substituted by one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heteroaryl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. “Heteroaryl” may also include a heteroaryl as defined above fused to an aryl as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridone (including N-substituted pyridones), isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, furazanyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, oxindolyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, imidazo[2,1-b]thiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, indolyl, azaindolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, imidazolyl, thienopyridyl, quinazolinyl, thienopyrimidyl, pyrrolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoazaindolyl, 1,2,4-triazinyl, benzothiazolyl and the like. The term “heteroaryl” also refers to partially saturated heteroaryl moieties such as, for example, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl and the like.


“Aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” means an aryl-alkyl-group in which the aryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred aralkyls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl, 2-phenethyl and naphthalenylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Alkylaryl” means an alkyl-aryl-group in which the alkyl and aryl are as previously described. Preferred alkylaryls comprise a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting example of a suitable alkylaryl group is tolyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the aryl.


“Cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms. Preferred cycloalkyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkyl can be optionally substituted with one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Non-limiting examples of suitable multicyclic cycloalkyls include 1-decalinyl, norbornyl, adamantyl and the like.


“Cycloalkylalkyl” means a cycloalkyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable cycloalkylalkyls include cyclohexylmethyl, adamantylmethyl and the like.


“Cycloalkenyl” means a non-aromatic mono or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 carbon atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 carbon atoms which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Preferred cycloalkenyl rings contain about 5 to about 7 ring atoms. The cycloalkenyl can be optionally substituted with one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined above. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic cycloalkenyls include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohepta-1,3-dienyl, and the like. Non-limiting example of a suitable multicyclic cycloalkenyl is norbomylenyl.


“Cycloalkenylalkyl” means a cycloalkenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable cycloalkenylalkyls include cyclopentenylmethyl, cyclohexenylmethyl and the like.


“Halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. Preferred are fluorine, chlorine and bromine.


The term “haloalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, wherein one or more of the alkyl group's hydrogen atoms is independently replaced with a halogen. In one embodiment, a haloalkyl group is a “fluoroalkyl group.”


The term “fluoroalkyl group” as used herein, refers to an alkyl group, wherein one or more of the alkyl group's hydrogen atoms are replaced with a —F atom. In various embodiments, a fluorooalkyl group contains one F atom, two F atoms or three F atoms. Illustrative example of fluoroalkyl groups include, but are not limted to, —CH2F, —CH(F)2, CH2CH2F, —CF3, and —(CH2)3CF3.


“Ring system substituent” means a substituent attached to an aromatic or non-aromatic ring system which, for example, replaces an available hydrogen on the ring system. Ring system substituents may be the same or different, each being independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, heteroarylalkynyl, alkylheteroaryl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, acyl, aroyl, halo, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aralkoxycarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heteroarylthio, aralkylthio, heteroaralkylthio, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —C(═N—CN)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NH2, —C(═NH)—NH(alkyl), Y1Y2N—, Y1Y2N-alkyl-, Y1Y2NC(O)—, Y1Y2NSO2— and —SO2NY1Y2, wherein Y1 and Y2 can be the same or different and are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, cycloalkyl, and aralkyl. “Ring system substituent” may also mean a single moiety which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on two adjacent carbon atoms (one H on each carbon) on a ring system. Examples of such moiety are methylene dioxy, ethylenedioxy, —C(CH3)2— and the like which form moieties such as, for example:
embedded image


“Heteroarylalkyl” means a heteroaryl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroaryls include 2-pyridinylmethyl, quinolinylmethyl and the like.


“Heterocyclyl” means a non-aromatic saturated monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, alone or in combination. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclyls contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. Any —NH in a heterocyclyl ring may exist protected such as, for example, as an —N(Boc), —N(CBz), —N(Tos) group and the like; such protections are also considered part of this invention. The heterocyclyl can be optionally substituted by one or more “ring system substituents” which may be the same or different, and are as defined herein. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable monocyclic heterocyclyl rings include piperidyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiazolidinyl, 1,4-dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, lactam, lactone, and the like. “Heterocyclyl” may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidone:
embedded image


“Heterocyclylalkyl” means a heterocyclyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core. Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclylalkyls include piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl and the like.


“Heterocyclenyl” means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system comprising about 3 to about 10 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is an element other than carbon, for example nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom, alone or in combination, and which contains at least one carbon-carbon double bond or carbon-nitrogen double bond. There are no adjacent oxygen and/or sulfur atoms present in the ring system. Preferred heterocyclenyl rings contain about 5 to about 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa or thia before the heterocyclenyl root name means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atom respectively is present as a ring atom. The heterocyclenyl can be optionally substituted by one or more ring system substituents, wherein “ring system substituent” is as defined above. The nitrogen or sulfur atom of the heterocyclenyl can be optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide, S-oxide or S,S-dioxide. Non-limiting examples of suitable heterocyclenyl groups include 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridinyl, 1,2-dihydropyridinyl, 1,4-dihydropyridinyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridinyl, 1,4,5,6-tetrahydropyrimidinyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, dihydroimidazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydrooxad iazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyranyl, dihydrofuranyl, fluorodihydrofuranyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiopyranyl, and the like. “Heterocyclenyl” may also mean a single moiety (e.g., carbonyl) which simultaneously replaces two available hydrogens on the same carbon atom on a ring system. Example of such moiety is pyrrolidinone:
embedded image


“Heterocyclenylalkyl” means a heterocyclenyl moiety as defined above linked via an alkyl moiety (defined above) to a parent core.


“Cycloalkylene” means a difunctional group obtained by removal of a hydrogen atom from a cycloalkyl group that is defined above. Non-limiting examples of cycloalkylene include
embedded image


It should be noted that in hetero-atom containing ring systems of this invention, there are no hydroxyl groups on carbon atoms adjacent to a N, O or S, as well as there are no N or S groups on carbon adjacent to another heteroatom. Thus, for example, in the ring:
embedded image

there is no —OH attached directly to carbons marked 2 and 5.


It should also be noted that tautomeric forms such as, for example, the moieties:
embedded image

are considered equivalent in certain embodiments of this invention.


“Alkynylalkyl” means an alkynyl-alkyl- group in which the alkynyl and alkyl are as previously described. Alkynylalkyls can contain a lower alkynyl and a lower alkyl group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkynylalkyl groups include propargylmethyl.


“Heteroaralkyl” means a heteroaryl-alkyl- group in which the heteroaryl and alkyl are as previously described. Preferred heteroaralkyls contain a lower alkyl group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyl groups include pyridylmethyl, and quinolin-3-ylmethyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the alkyl.


“Hydroxyalkyl” means a HO-alkyl- group in which alkyl is as previously defined. Preferred hydroxyalkyls contain lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydroxyalkyl groups include hydroxymethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl.


“Acyl” means an H—C(O)—, alkyl-C(O)— or cycloalkyl-C(O)—, group in which the various groups are as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Preferred acyls contain a lower alkyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable acyl groups include formyl, acetyl and propanoyl.


“Aroyl” means an aryl-C(O)— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl. Non-limiting examples of suitable groups include benzoyl and 1-naphthoyl.


“Alkoxy” means an alkyl-O— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy and n-butoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Aryloxy” means an aryl-O— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy and naphthoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Aralkyloxy” means an aralkyl-O— group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable aralkyloxy groups include benzyloxy and 1- or 2-naphthalenemethoxy. The bond to the parent moiety is through the ether oxygen.


“Alkylthio” means an alkyl-S— group in which the alkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkylthio groups include methylthio and ethylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.


“Arylthio” means an aryl-S— group in which the aryl group is as previously described. Non-limiting examples of suitable arylthio groups include phenylthio and naphthylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.


“Aralkylthio” means an aralkyl-S— group in which the aralkyl group is as previously described. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkylthio group is benzylthio. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfur.


“Alkoxycarbonyl” means an alkyl-O—CO— group. Non-limiting examples of suitable alkoxycarbonyl groups include methoxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.


“Aryloxycarbonyl” means an aryl-O—C(O)— group. Non-limiting examples of suitable aryloxycarbonyl groups include phenoxycarbonyl and naphthoxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.


“Aralkoxycarbonyl” means an aralkyl-O—C(O)— group. Non-limiting example of a suitable aralkoxycarbonyl group is benzyloxycarbonyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the carbonyl.


“Alkylsulfonyl” means an alkyl-S(O2)— group. Preferred groups are those in which the alkyl group is lower alkyl. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.


“Arylsulfonyl” means an aryl-S(O2)— group. The bond to the parent moiety is through the sulfonyl.


The term “substituted” means that one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency under the existing circumstances is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds. By “stable compound” or “stable structure” is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.


The term “optionally substituted” means optional substitution with the specified groups, radicals or moieties.


The term “purified”, “in purified form” or “in isolated and purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being isolated from a synthetic process (e.g. from a reaction mixture), or natural source or combination thereof. Thus, the term “purified”, “in purified form” or “in isolated and purified form” for a compound refers to the physical state of said compound after being obtained from a purification process or processes described herein or well known to the skilled artisan (e.g., chromatography, recrystallization and the like), in sufficient purity to be characterizable by standard analytical techniques described herein or well known to the skilled artisan.


It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.


When a functional group in a compound is termed “protected”, this means that the group is in modified form to preclude undesired side reactions at the protected site when the compound is subjected to a reaction. Suitable protecting groups will be recognized by those with ordinary skill in the art as well as by reference to standard textbooks such as, for example, T. W. Greene et al, Protective Groups in organic Synthesis (1991), Wiley, New York.


When any variable (e.g., aryl, heterocycle, R2, etc.) occurs more than one time in any constituent or in Formula I, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.


As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass a product comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts, as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, from combination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.


Prodrugs and solvates of the compounds of the invention are also contemplated herein. A discussion of prodrugs is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems (1987) 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, (1987) Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press. The term “prodrug” means a compound (e.g, a drug precursor) that is transformed in vivo to yield a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms (e.g., by metabolic or chemical processes), such as, for example, through hydrolysis in blood. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.


For example, if a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as, for example, (C1-C8)alkyl, (C2-C12)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N—(C1-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl, N,N-di(C1-C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C2-C3)alkyl, and the like.


Similarly, if a compound of Formula (I) contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as, for example, (C1-C6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C1-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C1-C6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, (C1-C6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C1-C6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C1-C6)alkanoyl, α-amino(C1-C4)alkanyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, —P(O)(O(C1-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate), and the like.


If a compound of Formula (I) incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in the amine group with a group such as, for example, R-carbonyl, RO-carbonyl, NRR′-carbonyl where R and R′ are each independently (C1-C10)alkyl, (C3-C7) cycloalkyl, benzyl, or R-carbonyl is a natural α-aminoacyl or natural α-aminoacyl, —C(OH)C(O)OY1 wherein Y1 is H, (C1-C6)alkyl or benzyl, —C(OY2)Y3 wherein Y2 is (C1-C4) alkyl and Y3 is (C1-C6)alkyl, carboxy (C1-C6)alkyl, amino(C1-C4)alkyl or mono-N— or di-N,N—(C1-C6)alkylaminoalkyl, —C(Y4)Y5 wherein Y4 is H or methyl and Y5 is mono-N— or di-N,N—(C1-C6)alkylamino morpholino, piperidin-1-yl or pyrrolidin-1-yl, and the like.


One or more compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and it is intended that the invention embrace both solvated and unsolvated forms. “Solvate” means a physical association of a compound of this invention with one or more solvent molecules. This physical association involves varying degrees of ionic and covalent bonding, including hydrogen bonding. In certain instances the solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the crystalline solid. “Solvate” encompasses both solution-phase and isolatable solvates. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvates include ethanolates, methanolates, and the like. “Hydrate” is a solvate wherein the solvent molecule is H2O.


One or more compounds of the invention may optionally be converted to a solvate. Preparation of solvates is generally known. Thus, for example, M. Caira et al., J. Pharmaceutical Sci., 93(3), 601-611 (2004) describe the preparation of the solvates of the antifungal fluconazole in ethyl acetate as well as from water. Similar preparations of solvates, hemisolvate, hydrates and the like are described by E. C. van Tonder et al, AAPS Pharm Sci Tech., 5(1), article 12 (2004); and A. L. Bingham et al, Chem. Commun., 603-604 (2001). A typical, non-limiting, process involves dissolving the inventive compound in desired amounts of the desired solvent (organic or water or mixtures thereof) at a higher than ambient temperature, and cooling the solution at a rate sufficient to form crystals which are then isolated by standard methods. Analytical techniques such as, for example I.R. spectroscopy, show the presence of the solvent (or water) in the crystals as a solvate (or hydrate).


“Effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” is meant to describe an amount of compound or a composition of the present invention effective in inhibiting the above-noted diseases and thus producing the desired therapeutic, ameliorative, inhibitory or preventative effect.


The compounds of Formula I can form salts which are also within the scope of this invention. Reference to a compound of Formula I herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated. The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of Formula I contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula I may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula I with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.


Exemplary acid addition salts include acetates, ascorbates, benzoates, benzenesulfonates, bisulfates, borates, butyrates, citrates, camphorates, camphorsulfonates, fumarates, hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, lactates, maleates, methanesulfonates, naphthalenesulfonates, nitrates, oxalates, phosphates, propionates, salicylates, succinates, sulfates, tartarates, thiocyanates, toluenesulfonates (also known as tosylates,) and the like. Additionally, acids which are generally considered suitable for the formation of pharmaceutically useful salts from basic pharmaceutical compounds are discussed, for example, by P. Stahl et al, Camille G. (eds.) Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts. Properties, Selection and Use. (2002) Zurich: Wiley-VCH; S. Berge et al, Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66(1) 1-19; P. Gould, International J. of Pharmaceutics (1986) 33 201-217; Anderson et al, The Practice of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), Academic Press, New York; and in The Orange Book (Food & Drug Administration, Washington, D.C. on their website). These disclosures are incorporated herein by reference thereto.


Exemplary basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts such as sodium, lithium, and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases (for example, organic amines) such as dicyclohexylamines, t-butyl amines, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and the like. Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternized with agents such as lower alkyl halides (e.g. methyl, ethyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), dialkyl sulfates (e.g. dimethyl, diethyl, and dibutyl sulfates), long chain halides (e.g. decyl, lauryl, and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides), aralkyl halides (e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides), and others.


All such acid salts and base salts are intended to be pharmaceutically acceptable salts within the scope of the invention and all acid and base salts are considered equivalent to the free forms of the corresponding compounds for purposes of the invention.


Pharmaceutically acceptable esters of the present compounds include the following groups: (1) carboxylic acid esters obtained by esterification of the hydroxy groups, in which the non-carbonyl moiety of the carboxylic acid portion of the ester grouping is selected from straight or branched chain alkyl (for example, acetyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, or n-butyl), alkoxyalkyl (for example, methoxymethyl), aralkyl (for example, benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (for example, phenoxymethyl), aryl (for example, phenyl optionally substituted with, for example, halogen, C1-4alkyl, or C1-4alkoxy or amino); (2) sulfonate esters, such as alkyl- or aralkylsulfonyl (for example, methanesulfonyl); (3) amino acid esters (for example, L-valyl or L-isoleucyl); (4) phosphonate esters and (5) mono-, di- or triphosphate esters. The phosphate esters may be further esterified by, for example, a C1-20 alcohol or reactive derivative thereof, or by a 2,3-di (C6-24)acyl glycerol.


Compounds of Formula I, and salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present invention.


The compounds of Formula (I) may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of Formula (I) as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. In addition, the present invention embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of Formula (I) incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention.


Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Also, some of the compounds of Formula (I) may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of this invention. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of chiral HPLC column.


It is also possible that the compounds of Formula (I) may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.


All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of this invention, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). (For example, if a compound of Formula (I) incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the invention. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the invention.).


Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the invention may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present invention can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations. The use of the terms “salt”, “solvate”, “ester”, “prodrug” and the like, is intended to equally apply to the salt, solvate, ester and prod rug of enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, positional isomers, racemates or prodrugs of the inventive compounds.


The present invention also embraces isotopically-labelled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively.


Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of Formula (I) (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labelled compounds of Formula (I) can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples hereinbelow, by substituting an appropriate isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.


Polymorphic forms of the compounds of Formula I, and of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I, are intended to be included in the present invention.


The term “pharmaceutical composition” is also intended to encompass both the bulk composition and individual dosage units comprised of more than one (e.g., two) pharmaceutically active agents such as, for example, a compound of the present invention and an additional agent selected from the lists of the additional agents described herein, along with any pharmaceutically inactive excipients. The bulk composition and each individual dosage unit can contain fixed amounts of the afore-said “more than one pharmaceutically active agents”. The bulk composition is material that has not yet been formed into individual dosage units. An illustrative dosage unit is an oral dosage unit such as tablets, pills and the like. Similarly, the herein-described method of treating a patient by administering a pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is also intended to encompass the administration of the afore-said bulk composition and individual dosage units.


The compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters thereof according to the invention have pharmacological properties; in particular, the compounds of Formula (I) can be nicotinic acid receptor agonists.


The compounds of Formula (I) of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters thereof are useful in treating diseases or conditions including dyslipidemia and metabolic syndrome.


The compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters thereof, can be administered in any suitable form, e.g., alone, or in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, excipient or diluent in a pharmaceutical composition, according to standard pharmaceutical practice. The compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters thereof, can be administered orally or parenterally, including intravenous, intramuscular, interperitoneal, subcutaneous, rectal, or topical routes of administration, or if so selected, by a combination of one or more of the above-shown methods.


Pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof can be in a form suitable for oral administration, e.g., as tablets, troches, capsules, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, syrups, or elixirs. Oral compositions may be prepared by any conventional pharmaceutical method, and may also contain sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents, and preserving agents.


The amount of compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof, administered to a patient can be determined by a physician based on the age, weight, and response of the patient, as well as by the severity of the condition treated. For example, the amount of compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof, administered to the patient can range from about 0.1 mg/kg body weight per day to about 60 mg/kg/d, preferably about 0.5 mg/kg/d to about 40 mg/kg/d.


The compounds of Formula (I), or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters thereof, can also be administered in combination with other therapeutic agents. For example one or more compounds of Formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, or esters thereof, can be administered with one or more additional active ingredients selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase inhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, anti-diabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).


Non-limiting examples of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds and substituted β-lactam compounds useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,767,115, 5,624,920, 5,668,990, 5,656,624 and 5,688,787, 5,756,470, U.S. Patent Application Nos. 2002/0137690 and 2002/0137689 and PCT Patent Application No. WO 2002/066464, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. A preferred azetidinone compound is ezetimibe (for example, ZETIA® which is available from Schering-Plough Corporation).


Non-limiting examples of HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are lovastatin (for example MEVACOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), simvastatin (for example ZOCOR® which is available from Merck & Co.), pravastatin (for example PRAVACHOL® which is available from Bristol Meyers Squibb), atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, CI-981, rivastatin (sodium 7-(4-fluorophenyl)-2,6-diisopropyl-5-methoxymethylpyridin-3-yl)-3,5-dihydroxy-6-heptanoate), rosuvastatin calcium (CRESTOR® from AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals), pitavastatin (such as NK-104 of Negma Kowa of Japan).


A non-limiting example of a HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is, for example, L-659,699 ((E,E)-11-[3′R-(hydroxy-methyl)-4′-oxo-2′R-oxetanyl]-3,5,7R-trimethyl-2,4-undecadienoic acid).


A non-limiting example of a squalene synthesis inhibitor useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is, for example, squalestatin 1.


A non-limiting example of a squalene epoxidase inhibitor useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is, for example, NB-598 ((E)-N-ethyl-N-(6,6-dimethyl-2-hepten-4-ynyl)-3-[(3,3′-bithiophen-5-yl)methoxy]benzene-methanamine hydrochloride).


A non-limiting example of a sterol biosynthesis inhibitor useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is, for example, DMP-565.


Non-limiting examples of nicotinic acid derivatives (e.g., compounds comprising a pyridine-3-carboxylate structure or a pyrazine-2-carboxylate structure, including acid forms, salts, esters, zwitterions and tautomers) useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are niceritrol, nicofuranose and acipimox (5-methyl pyrazine-2-carboxylic acid 4-oxide).


Non-limiting examples of bile acid sequestrants useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are cholestyramine (a styrene-divinylbenzene copolymer containing quaternary ammonium cationic groups capable of binding bile acids, such as QUESTRAN® or QUESTRAN LIGHT® cholestyramine which are available from Bristol-Myers Squibb), colestipol (a copolymer of diethylenetriamine and 1-chloro-2,3-epoxypropane, such as COLESTID® tablets which are available from Pharmacia), colesevelam hydrochloride (such as WelChol® Tablets (poly(allylamine hydrochloride) cross-linked with epichlorohydrin and alkylated with 1-bromodecane and (6-bromohexyl)-trimethylammonium bromide) which are available from Sankyo), water soluble derivatives such as 3,3-ioene, N-(cycloalkyl) alkylamines and poliglusam, insoluble quaternized polystyrenes, saponins and mixtures thereof.


Non-limiting examples of inorganic cholesterol sequestrants useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are bismuth salicylate plus montmorillonite clay, aluminum hydroxide and calcium carbonate antacids.


Non-limiting examples of AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase (“ACAT”) inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are avasimibe ([[2,4,6-tris(1-methylethyl)phenyl]acetyl]sulfamic acid, 2,6-bis(1-methylethyl)phenyl ester, formerly known as CI-1011), HL-004, lecimibide (DuP-128) and CL-277082 (N-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-N-[[4-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)phenyl]methyl]-N-heptylurea), and the compounds described in P. Chang et al., “Current, New and Future Treatments in Dyslipidaemia and Atherosclerosis”, Druqs 2000 July; 60(1); 55-93, which is incorporated by reference herein.


Non-limiting examples of cholesteryl ester transfer protein (“CETP”) inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are those disclosed in PCT Patent Application No. WO 00/38721, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,147,090, 6,958,346, 6,924,313 6,906,082, 6,861,561, 6,803,388, 6,794,396, 6,787,570, 6,753,346, 6,723,752, 6,723,753, 6,710,089, 6,699,898,;6,696,472, 6,696,435, 6,683,113, 5,519,001, 5,512,548, 6,410,022, 6,426,365, 6,448,295, 6,387,929, 6,683,099, 6,677,382, 6,677,380, 6,677,379, 6,677,375, 6,677,353, 6,677,341, 6,605,624, 6,586,433, 6,451,830, 6,451,823, 6,462,092, 6,458,849, 6,458,803, 6,455,519, 6,583,183, 6,562,976, 6,555,113, 6,544,974, 6,521,607, 6,489,366, 6,482,862, 6,479,552, 6,476,075, 6,476,057, and 6,897,317, each of which are incorporated herein by reference; compounds described in Yan Xia et al., “Substituted 1,3,5-Triazines As Cholesteral Ester Transfer Protein Inhibitors”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, vol. 6, No. 7, 1996, pp. 919-922, herein incorporated by reference; natural products described in S. Coval et al., “Wiedendiol-A and-B, Cholesteryl Ester Transfer Protein Inhibitors From The Marine Sponge Xestosponga Wiedenmayeri”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letter, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 605-610, 1995, herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Barrett et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 188, 7863-63 (1996), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Kuo et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc., 117, 10629-34 (1995), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Pietzonka et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 6, 1951-54 (1996), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Lee et al. J. Antibiotics, 49, 693-96 (1996), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described by Busch et al. Lipids, 25, 216-220, (1990), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Morton and Zilversmit J. Lipid Res., 35, 836-47 (1982), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Connolly et al. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 223, 42-47 (1996), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in Bisgaier et al. Lipids, 29, 811-8 (1994), herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in EP 818448, herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in JP 10287662, herein incorporated by reference; the compounds described in PCT applications WO 98/35937, WO 9914174, WO 9839299, and WO 9914215, each of which is herein incorporated by reference; the compounds of EP applications EP 796846, EP 801060, 818448, and 818197, each of which is herein incorporated by reference; probucol or derivatives thereof, such as AGI-1067 and other derivatives disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,121,319 and 6,147,250, herein incorporated by reference; low-density lipoprotein (LDL) receptor activators such as HOE-402, an imidazolidinyl-pyrimidine derivative that directly stimulates LDL receptor activity, described in M. Huettinger et al., “Hypolipidemic activity of HOE-402 is Mediated by Stimulation of the LDL Receptor Pathway”, Arterioscler. Thromb. 1993; 13:1005-12, herein incorporated by reference; 4-carboxyamino-2-substituted-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolines, e.g., torcetrapib, described in WO 00/017164, WO 00/017166, WO 00/140190, WO 00/213797, and WO 2005/033082 (each of which is herein incorporated by reference). Torcetrapib can be combined with HMG-COA reductase inhibitors such as atorvastatin (WO 00/213797, WO 2004/056358, WO 2004/056359, and WO2005/011634).


A non-limiting example of a fish oil containing Omega 3 fatty acids useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is 3-PUFA.


Non-limiting examples of natural water soluble fibers useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention are psyllium, guar, oat and pectin.


A non-limiting example of a plant stanol and/or fatty acid ester of plant stanols useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is the sitostanol ester used in BENECOL® margarine.


A non-limiting example of an anti-oxidant useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention includes probucol.


Non-limiting examples of PPAR a agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include beclofibrate, benzafibrate, ciprofibrate, clofibrate, etofibrate, fenofibrate, and gemfibrozil.


Non-limiting examples of lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include niacin or nicotinic acid.


Non-limiting examples of 5HT (serotonin) transport inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include paroxetine, fluoxetine, fenfluramine, fluvoxamine, sertraline, and imipramine.


Non-limiting examples of NE (norepinephrine) transport inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include GW 320659, despiramine, talsupram, and nomifensine.


Non-limiting examples of CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include rimonabant, SR-147778 (Sanofi Aventis), and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,532,237, U.S. Pat. No. 4,973,587, U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,837, U.S. Pat. No. 5,081,122, U.S. Pat. No. 5,112,820, U.S. Pat. No. 5,292,736, U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,941, U.S. Pat. No. 6,028,084, WO 96/33159, WO 98/33765, WO 98/43636, WO 98/43635, WO 01/09120, WO 98/31227, WO 98/41519, WO 98/37061, WO 00/10967, WO 00/10968, WO 97/29079, WO 99/02499, WO 01/58869, WO 02/076949, and EP-658546 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of ghrelin antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include those described in WO 01/87335 and WO 02/08250 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference). Ghrelin antagonists are also known as GHS (growth hormone secretagogue receptor) antagonists. The pharmaceutical combinations and methods of the present invention therefore comprehend the use GHS antagonists in place of ghrelin antagonists (in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention).


Non-limiting examples of H3 antagonists/inverse agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include thioperamide, 3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propyl N-(4-pentenyl)carbamate, clobenpropit, iodophenpropit, imoproxifan, and GT2394 (Gliatech), those described in WO 02/15905 (herein incorporated by reference); O-[3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propanol]carbamates described in Kiec-Kononowicz, K. et al., Pharmazie, 55:349-55 (2000) (herein incorporated by reference), piperidine-containing histamine H3-receptor antagonists described in Lazewska, D. et al., Pharmazie, 56:927-32 (2001) (herein incorporated by reference), benzophenone derivatives and related compounds described in Sasse, A. et al., Arch. Pharm. (Weinheim) 334:45-52 (2001) (herein incorporated by reference), substituted N-phenylcarbamates described in Reidemeister, S. et al., Pharmazie, 55:83-6 (2000) (herein incorporated by reference), and proxifan derivatives described in Sasse, A. et al., J. Med. Chem. 43:3335-43 (2000) (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of MCH1R (melanin-concentrating hormone 1 receptor) antagonists and MCH2R (melanin-concentrating hormone 2 receptor) agonists/antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include those described in WO 01/82925, WO 01/87834, WO 02/06245, WO 02/04433, WO 02/51809, and JP 13226269 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference), and T-226296 (Takeda).


Non-limiting examples of NPY1 antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,001,836, WO 96/14307, WO 01/23387, WO 99/51600, WO 01/85690, WO 01/85098, WO 01/85173, and WO 01/89528 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference); and BIBP3226, J-115814, BIBO 3304, LY-357897, CP-671906, and GI-264879A.


Non-limiting examples of NPY5 antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,140,354, U.S. Pat. No. 6,191,160, U.S. Pat. No. 6,258,837, U.S. Pat. No. 6,313,298, U.S. Pat. No. 6,337,332, U.S. Pat. No. 6,329,395, U.S. Pat. No. 6,340,683, U.S. Pat. No. 6,326,375, U.S. Pat. No. 6,335,345, EP-01010691, EP-01044970, WO 97/19682, WO 97/20820, WO 97/20821, WO 97/20822, WO 97/20823, WO 98/27063, WO 00/64880, WO 00/68197, WO 00/69849, WO 01/09120, WO 01/85714, WO 01/85730, WO 01/07409, WO 01/02379, WO 01/02379, WO 01/23388, WO 01/23389, WO 01/44201, WO 01/62737, WO 01/62738, WO 01/09120, WO 02/22592, WO 0248152, WO 02/49648, WO 01/14376, WO 04/110375, WO 05/000217 and Norman et al., J. Med. Chem. 43:4288-4312 (2000) (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference); and 152,804, GW-569180A, GW-594884A, GW-587081X, GW-548118X; FR226928, FR 240662, FR252384; 1229U91, GI-264879A, CGP71683A, LY-377897, PD-160170, SR-120562A, SR-120819A and JCF-104.


Non-limiting examples of NPY2 agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include PYY3-36 as described in Batterham, et al., Nature. 418:650-654 (2003), NPY3-36, and other Y2 agonists such as N acetyl [Leu(28,31)] NPY 24-36 (White-Smith and Potter, Neuropeptides 33:526-33 (1999)), TASP-V (Malis et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 126:989-96 (1999)), cyclo-(28/32)-Ac-[Lys28-Glu32]-(25-36)-pNPY (Cabrele and Beck-Sickinger J-Pept-Sci. 6:97-122 (2000)) (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of NPY4 agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include pancreatic peptide (PP) as described in Batterham et al., J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 88:3989-3992 (2003), and other Y4 agonists such as 1229U91 (Raposinho et al., Neuroendocrinology. 71:2-7(2000) (both references are herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of mGluR5 (Metabotropic glutamate subtype 5 receptor) antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include 2-methyl-6-(phenylethynyl)-pyridine (MPEP) and (3-[(2-methyl-1,3-thiazol-4-yl)ethynyl]pyridine) (MTEP) and those compounds described in Anderson J. et al., J, Eur J Pharmacol. Jul. 18, 2003; 473(1):35-40; Cosford N. et al., Bioorg Med Chem Left. Feb. 10, 2003; 13(3):351-4; and Anderson J. et al., J Pharmacol Exp Ther. December 2002:303(3):1044-51 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of leptins, leptin derivatives, and leptin agonists/modulators useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include recombinant human leptin (PEG-OB, Hoffman La Roche) and recombinant methionyl human leptin (Amgen). Leptin derivatives (e.g., truncated forms of leptin) useful in the present invention include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,524, U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,523, U.S. Pat. No. 5,552,522, U.S. Pat. No. 5,521,283, WO 96/23513, WO 96/23514, WO 96/23515, WO 96/23516, WO 96/23517, WO 96/23518, WO 96/23519, and WO 96/23520 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of opioid antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include nalmefene (Revex™), 3-methoxynaltrexone, naloxone, and naltrexone, as well as opioid antagonists described in WO 00/21509 (herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of orexin receptor antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include SB-334867-A, as well as those described in WO 01/96302, WO 01/68609, WO 02/51232, and WO 02/51838 (each of the preceding references is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of CNTF (specific ciliary neurotrophic factors) useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include GI-181771 (Glaxo-SmithKline); SR146131 (Sanofi Aventis); butabindide; PD170,292, PD 149164 (Pfizer).


Non-limiting examples of CNTF derivatives and CNTF agonists/modulators useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include axokine (Regeneron) and those described in WO 94/09134, WO 98/22128, and WO 99/43813 (each of which is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of 5HT2c agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include BVT933, DPCA37215, WAY161503, and R-1065, as well as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,914,250, WO 02/36596, WO 02/48124, WO 02/10169, WO 01/66548, WO 02/44152, WO 02/51844, WO 02/40456, and WO 02/40457 (each of which is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of Mc4r agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include CHIR86036 (Chiron); ME-10142, and ME-10145 (Melacure), as well as those described in WO 01/991752, WO 01/74844, WO 02/12166, WO 02/11715, and WO 02/12178 (each of which is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of monoamine reuptake inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include sibutramine (Meridia™/Reductil™), as well as those described in WO 01/27068, WO 01/62341, U.S. Pat. No. 4,746,680, U.S. Pat. No. 4,806,570, U.S. Pat. No. 5,436,272, and US 2002/0006964 (each of which is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of serotonin reuptake inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, and those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,365,633, WO 01/27060, and WO 01/162341 (each of which is herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of GLP-1 agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include exendin-3 and exendin-4.


A non-limiting example of an acyl-estrogen useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention includes oleoyl-estrone.


Non-limiting examples of 11β HSD-1 inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include those described in WO 03/065983 and WO 03/104207 (both of which are herein incorporated by reference).


A non-limiting example of a lipase inhibitor useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include orlistat.


Anti-diabetic agents useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include sulfonylureas, meglitinides, α-amylase inhibitors, α-glucoside hydrolase inhibitors, PPAR-γ agonists, PPARα/γ agonists, biguanides, PTP-1B inhibitors, DP-IV inhibitors, insulin secreatagogues, fatty acid oxidation inhibitors, A2 antagonists, c-jun amino-terminal kinase inhibitors, insulin, insulin mimetics, glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, VPAC2 receptor agonists, glucokinase activators, and non-thiazolidinedione PPAR ligands. Non-limiting examples of sulfonylureas useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include acetohexamide, chlorpropamide, diabinese, glibenclamide, glipizide, glyburide, glimepiride, gliclazide, glipentide, gliquidone, glisolamide, tolazamide, and tolbutamide.


Non-limiting examples of meglitinides useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include repaglinide and nateglinide.


Non-limiting examples of α-amylase inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include tendamistat, trestatin, and Al-3688.


Non-limiting examples of α-glucoside hydrolase inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include acarbose, adipose, camiglibose, emiglitate, miglitol, voglibose, pradimicin-Q, salbostatin, CDK-711, MDL-25,637, MDL-73,945, and MOR 14.


Non-limiting examples of PPAR-65 agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include balaglitazone, ciglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, isaglitazone (MCC-555), pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, tesaglitazar, netoglitazone, GW-409544, GW-501516, CLX-0921, 5-BTZD, GW-0207, LG-100641, LY-300512, LY-519818, R483 (Roche), and T131 (Tularik).


Non-limiting examples of PPARα/γ agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include CLX-0940, GW-1536, GW-1929, GW-2433, KRP-297, L-796449, LR-90, MK-0767, and SB 219994.


Non-limiting examples of biguanides useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include buformin, metformin, and phenformin.


Non-limiting examples of PTP-1B inhibitors (protein tyrosine phosphatase-1B inhibitors) useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include A-401,674, KR 61639, OC-060062, OC-83839, OC-297962, MC52445, and MC52453.


Non-limiting examples of DP-IV inhibitors (dipeptidyl peptidase IVi inhibitors) useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include isoleucine thiazolidide, NVP-DPP728, P32/98, LAF 237, TSL 225, valine pyrrolidide, TMC-2A/2B/2C, CD-26 inhibitors, and SDZ 274-444.


Non-limiting examples of insulin secreatagogues useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include linogliride and A-4166.


Non-limiting examples of fatty acid oxidation inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include clomoxir and etomoxir.


Non-limiting examples of A2 antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include midaglizole, isaglidole, deriglidole, idazoxan, earoxan, and fluparoxan.


Non-limiting examples of insulin mimetics useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include biota, LP-100, novarapid, insulin detemir, insulin lispro, insulin glargine, insulin zinc suspension (lente and ultralente), Lys-Pro insulin, GLP-1 (73-7) (insulintropin), and GLP-1 (7-36)-NH2).


Non-limiting examples of glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include CP-368,296, CP-316,819, and BAYR3401.


Non-limiting examples of non-thiazolidinedione PPAR ligands useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include JT-501 and farglitazar (GW-2570/GI-262579).


Anti-hypertensive agents useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include diuretics, β-adrendergic blockers, α-adrenergic blockers, aldosterone inhibitors, alpha 1 blockers, calcium channel blockers, angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors, neutral endopeptidase inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor antagonists, endothelin antagonists, vasodilators, alpha 2a agonists, and α/β adrenergic blockers.


Non-limiting examples of diuretics useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include chlorthalidone, chlorthiazide, dichlorophenamide, hydroflumethiazide, indapamide, hydrochlorothiazide, bumetanide, ethacrynic acid, furosemide, torsemide, amiloride, triamterene, spironolactone, and epirenone.


Non-limiting examples of β-adrendergic blockers useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include acebutolol, atenolol, betaxolol, bevantolol, bisoprolol, bopindolol, carteolol, carvedilol, celiprolol, esmolol, indenolol, metaprolol, nadolol, nebivolol, penbutolol, pindolol, propanolol, sotalol, tertatolol, tilisolol, and timolol.


Non-limiting examples of alpha 1 blockers useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include terazosin, urapidil, prazosin, bunazosin, trimazosin, doxazosin, naftopidil, indoramin, WHIP 164, and XEN010.


Non-limiting examples of calcium channel blockers useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include amlodipine, aranidipine, azelnidipine, barnidipine, benidipine, bepridil, cinaldipine, clevidipine, diltiazem, efonidipine, felodipine, gallopamil, isradipine, lacidipine, lemildipine, lercanidipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, nilvadipine, nimodepine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, manidipine, pranidipine, and verapamil.


Non-limiting examples of angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include alacepril, benazepril, ceronapril, captopril, cilazapril, delapril, enalapril, fosinopril, imidapril, losinopril, moveltopril, moexipril, quinapril, quinaprilat, ramipril, perindopril, peridropril, quanipril, spirapril, temocapril, trandolapril, and zofenopril.


Non-limiting examples of neutral endopeptidase inhibitors useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include omapatrilat, cadoxatril, ecadotril, fosidotril, sampatrilat, AVE7688, and ER4030.


Non-limiting examples of angiotensin II receptor antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include candesartan, eprosartan, irbesartan, losartan, pratosartan, tasosartan, telisartan, valsartan, EXP-3137, FI6828K, RNH6270, losartan monopotassium, and losartan potassium-hydrochlorothiazide.


Non-limiting examples of endothelin antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include tezosentan, A308165, and YM62899.


Non-limiting examples of vasodilators useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include hydralazine (apresoline), clonidine (catapres), minoxidil (loniten), and nicotinyl alcohol (roniacol).


Non-limiting examples of alpha 2a agonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include lofexidine, tiamenidine, moxonidine, rilmenidine, and guanobenz.


Non-limiting examples of α/β adrenergic blockers useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include nipradilol, arotinolol, and amosulalol.


DP receptor antagonists useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include those described in US 2004/0229844 (herein incorporated by reference).


Non-limiting examples of additional agents that can be combined with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include aspirin, Niaspan, Norvsac® (amlodipine), NSAIDS agents (e.g., Celecoxib (Celebrex®), Diclofenac (Cataflam®, Voltaren®, Arthrotec®,) Diflunisal (Dolobid®), Etodolac (Lodine®), Fenoprofen (Nalfon®), Flurbirofen (Ansaid®), Ibuprofen (Motrin®, ADVIL®, NUPRIN®, Tab-Profen®, Vicoprofen®, Combunox®), Indornethacin (Indocin®, Indo-Lemmon®, Indornethagan®), Ketoprofen (Oruvail®), Ketorolac (Toradol®), Mefenamic acid (Ponstel®, commercially available from First Horizon Pharmaceutical), flufenamic acid ([N-(3-trifluoromethylphenyl)anthranilic acid]), Meloxicam (Mobic®), Naburnetone (Relafen®), Naproxen (Naprosyn®, ALEVE®, Anaprox®, Naprelan®, Naprapac®), Oxaprozin (Daypro®), Piroxicam (Feldene®), Sulindac (Clinoril®) and Tolmetin (Tolectin®)), antihypertensive agents (Prazosin®, Propranolol, nadolol, timolol, metoprolol, pindolol, labetalol, guanethidine, reserpine, clonidine, methyldopa, guanabenz, captopril, enalapril, lisinopril, losartan, verapamil, diltiazem, nifedipine, hydrochlorothiazide, chlorothalidone, furosemide, triamterene, hydralazine, minoxidil), PGE2 receptor antagonists (e.g., EP2 and EP4).


Non-limiting examples of additional agents that can be combined with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention include homocysteinase, orphan GPCR modulator, HRE-based gene therapy, gene therapy, dual PPARα/γ agonists, recombinant FGF-1, VRI-1, CRx-150, VEGF-114 based therapy, CT-500, regadenosan, CK-1827452, JAK2 tyrosine kinase inhibitors, adipose-derived regenerative cells, STARBURST dendrimer-based MRI contrast agents, TBC-11299, HEMOxygenation, heparin, GO-EPO, IDN-6734, ISIS-301012, HIF-alpha gene therapy, α2b adrenoceptor antagonists, KI-0002, adenosine modulators, Ki-23095, PR-5 (Melacure), L-364373, histone deacetylase inhibitors, adenylate cyclase inhibitors (E.g., HI-30435 from Millennium), MITO-0139 (from MitoKor), NV-04 (from Novogen), M-118 (Momenta), hypoxia response element, PI-99 (from progen), NEXVAS (from Resverlogix), CS-207 )from Shenzhen Chipscreen Biosciences), estrogen-regulated gene therapy, SLV-327 (from SolvaY), TNX-832 (from Sunol Molecular Corp), SLx-2101 (from Surface Logix), recombinant human annexin (from SurroMed), Chymase inhibitors (e.g, from Toa Eiyo), VM-202 (from ViroMed), liver×receptor modulators (e.g., from Exelixis/Bristol Myers Squibb), Heberkinasa (from Y. M. Biosciences), atorvastatin-amlodipine combination, AGN-195795 (Allergan), angiotensisn (1-7) agonists (e.g., from Arena), Toprol XL/hydrochlorothiazide (from AstraZeneca), Teczem (Aventis), sGC stimulators, calcium channel blockers, CYT-006-AngQb (CytosBiotechnology), renin inhibitors (e.g., from Roche/Speedel), Coxagen (from geneRx+ Inc), MC-4262 (from Medicure), VNP-489 (from Novartis), felodipine (from Pierre Fabre SA), 2-methoxyestradiol (from PR Pharmaceuticals), α1 adrenoreceptor antagonsists (e.g., from Recordati SpA), lercanidipine-enalapril combination (from Recordati SpA). NO donors 9e.g., from Renopharm), CR-3834 (from Rottapharm Gr), iloprost (from Schering AG), SPP-1100 (from The Speedel Group), angiotensinogen, MC-4232 (from Medicure), ACE inhibitor (from Servier), LCP-Feno/Stat. (from LifeCycle Pharma), APA-01/statin combination (from Phosphagenics Ltd), KH-01502 (from Kos), KS-01019 (from Kos), niacin-lovastatin combination (from Kos/Merck KGaA), MK-0524/extended release niacin/simvastatin combination (from Merck), MK-0524/extended release combination (from Merck), Pro-NAD (from Niadyne Inc), beraprost, perindopril erbumine, bamidipine, irbesartan, valsartan, valsartan-HCTZ conmbination, meclinertant, TAK-536, SR-121463, irbesatran+HCTZ combination, darusentan, PMD-2850, CR-2991, SLV-306, bisoprolol fumarate+HCTZ combination, NV-04, FG-3019, TRC-4149, AVE-7688, PV-903, diltiazem, QC-BT16, cardiotherpay (from Cytopia), treprostinil sodium, enalapril+diltiazem combination, eprosartan mesylate+HCTZ combination, renin inhibitor (from Vitae), LG-105 inhibitors (from Lexicon, (LG-844 inhibitors (from Lexicon), NO-enhancing PDE inhibitors, hyaluronidase, propranolol hydrochloride, BIO-236, RWJ-351647, metoprolol, YM-222546, bLN-5, olmesartan+azelnidipine combination (from Sanyo), moxonidine+HCTZ combination, NS-304, BIO-123, aldosterone antagonists, clonidine, BIO-003 and CR-3834.


In addition, the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention can also be used in combination with two or more therapeutic agents. A non-limiting example of two or more therapeutic agents useful in combination with the nicotinic acid receptor agonists of the present invention is the combination of a compound of the present invention with VYTORIN® (a combination of simvastatin and ezetimibe).


The invention disclosed herein is exemplified by the following preparations and examples which should not be construed to limit the scope of the disclosure. Alternative mechanistic pathways and analogous structures will be apparent to those skilled in the art.


EXAMPLES

In the examples and tables that follow, the exemplary compounds of the invention are referred to by number. In some instances, the compounds of the invention are referred to as “Example X,” wherein “X” would be the representative number of that particular compound. In other instances, the compounds of the invention are referred to as “compound X,” wherein “X” would be the representative number of that particular compound. In other instances, a compound of the invention may simply be referred to by it's number. It is to be understood that these terms are used interchangeably. For example, the compound labeled “Example 1” can also be referred to as “compound 1” and vice versa.


Prepatative Example 1



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Methyl propionylacetate (12.5 g, 96.1 mmol, 1.23 eq.) and barbituric acid (10 g, 78.1 mmol, 1 eq.) were mixed together and without solvent, the mixture was heated to 195° C. in air for 2 hr., at which time all of the liquids had evaporated. The solid was washed with boiling distilled water twice. The remaining solid was recrystallized with 2-methoxyethanol/water to give 4 g of Example 1 as a yellow solid (20% yield).



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.20 (t, 3 H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.00 (q, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz), 5.80 (s, 1 H) 13C NMR (CD3OD): δ 12.6, 27.4, 92.0, 104.2, 149.5, 158.4, 161.8, 162.1, 164.1 Mass for C9H9N2O4 (MH)+; 209. Found: 209.


Preparative Example 2



embedded image


Example 2 was prepared by a method analogous to the method used to prepare Example 1, except that methyl acetonylacetate was used instead of methyl propionylacetate.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 2.41 (s, 3 H) 5.75 (s, 1 H) Mass for C8H7N2O4 (MH)+; 195. Found: 195.


Preparative Example 3



embedded image


Example 3 was prepared by a method analogous to the method used to prepare Example 1, except that methyl butanoylacetate was used instead of methyl propionylacetate.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 0.96 (t, 3 H, J=7.6 Hz), 1.57 (m, 2 H), 2.86 (m, 2 H), 5.75 (s, 1 H) Mass for C10H11N2O4 (MH)+; 223. Found: 223.


Preparative Example 4



embedded image


Example 4 was prepared by a method analogous to the method used to prepare Example 1, except that ethyl isobutylacetate was used instead of methyl propionylacetate, and Example 4 was purified by HPLC (5% acetonitrile in water to 95% acetonitrile in 10 min).



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.14 (d, 6 H, J=6.8 Hz), 4.03 (m, 1 H), 5.86 (s,1 H) Mass for C10H11N2O4 (MH)+; 223. Found: 223.


Preparative Example 5



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 1 (5 g, 24.04 mmol, 1 eq), POCl3 (36.86 g, 240 mmol, 10 eq.) and pyridine (0.95 g, 12 mmol, 0.5 eq) were mixed and heated to 115° C. for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed and the brownish residue was purified using flash chromatography with 20% EtOAc/hexane as the eluting solvent. The desired product (4 g) was obtained in 68% yield.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.29 (t, 3 H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.12 (m, 2 H), 6.39 (s, 1 H) Mass for C9H7Cl2N2O2 (MH)+; 245. Found: 245.


Preparative Example 6



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Compound 1 (0.15 g, 0.61 mmol, 1 eq.) and aniline (0.06 g, 0.64 mmol, 1.05 eq) were mixed in 3 mL of anhydrous THF and stirred for 12 hours. Solvent was removed and the residue was purified by prep TLC with 25% EtOAc/hexane as the eluting solvent to give desired product as first fraction (7 mg, 4% yield).



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.27 (t, 3 H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.05 (m, 2 H), 6.11 (s, 1 H), 7.11 (t, 1 H, J=7.6 Hz), 7.34 (m, 2 H), 7.48 (br s, 1 H), 7.60 (d, 2 H, J=8.0 Hz) Mass for C15H13ClN3O2 (MH)+; 302. Found: 302.


Preparative Example 7



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 7 was prepared using the method used to prepare Example 6, except that Example 7 was obtained as the second fraction by prep TLC (8 mg, 4% yield).



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.43 (t, 3 H, J=7.2 Hz), 2.96 (m, 2 H), 6.22 (s, 1 H), 7.37-7.48 (m, 5H) Mass for C15H13ClN3O2 (MH)+; 302. Found: 302.


Preparative Example 8



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 8 was prepared using a method analogous to the method used to prepare Example 1, except that diethyl 1,3-acetonedicarboxylate was used instead of methyl propionylacetate.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.20 (t, 3 H, J=7.3 Hz), 3.88 (s, 2 H), 4.10 (q, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz), 5.81 (s, 1 H) 13C NMR (CD3OD): δ 13.4, 39.6, 61.2, 92.2, 108.1, 149.7, 153.1, 157.8, 161.7, 162.0, 170.3 Mass for HRMS for C11H11N2O6 (MH)+: calcd 267.0617. found 267.0623.


Preparative Example 9



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of 3,3,3,-trifluoropropionic acid (16 g, 125 mmol), thionyl chloride (29.75 g, 250 mmol), and DMF (0.5 mL) was heated to 70° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was distilled under reduced pressure to give 3,3,3,-trifluoropropionyl chloride (11.5 g, 72%).


Step B:
embedded image


Into a solution of Meldrum's acid (2,2-dimethyl-4,6-dioxo-1,3-dioxane; 9 g, 62 mmol) and pyridine (9.8 g, 68 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (10 mL), which cooled to 0° C., was added 3,3,3,-trifluoropropionyl chloride (10 g, 68 mmol). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred under N2 at 0° C. for 1 hour then at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting paste was mixed with MeOH (20 mL), and heated to 80° C. for 5 hours. The solvent was removed and the resulting mixture was distilled under reduced pressure to give Compound 9a (6.2 g, 54%).
embedded image


A mixture of Compound 9a (2.2 g, 12 mmol) and barbituric acid was heated to 180° C. for 1 hour to provide a black solid. After cooling to room temperature, the black solid was dissolved into hot water (70 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (4×50 mL). The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC eluting with formic acid (0.1%)/acetonitrile to give Example 9 (0.17 g, 5%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 263.


Preparative Example 10



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of 4,6-dihydroxy-2-mercapto-pyrimidine (20.0 g, 138.7 mmol) and methyl propionylacetate (21.8 mL, 173.4 mmol) was heated at 165° C. until the ester was completely reacted. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into water (75 mL) and then filtered through a sintered funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×20 mL) and dried under vacuum to yield Compound 10a (11.6 g, 37%).


Step B:
embedded image


MeI (2.23 mL, 35.72 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (4.0 g, 17.86 mmol) in DMF (40 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then poured into water (250 mL) and filtered through a sintered funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×50 mL) and dried under vacuum to give Compound 10b (4.1 g, 96%).


Step C:
embedded image


m-CPBA (3.1 g, 70%, 12.6 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10b (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (150 mL) at room temperature. The solvent was removed from the suspension after 3 hours and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography, eluting first with hexane/EtOAc (v/v=1/1) then CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v=2/1) to give Example 10 (2.0 g, 94%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 255.1.


Preparative Example 11



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 10 (0.35 g, 1.37 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v=50/1) to give Example 11 (0.23 g, 76%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 223.1.


Preparative Example 12



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


BnOH (2.46 mL, 23.76 mmol) was added to a solution of Example 10 (0.404 g, 1.58 mmol) and NEt3 (0.22 mL, 1.58 mmol) in CH3CN (12.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at 85° C. overnight. After cooling to room temperature, HOAc (0.09 mL, 1.58 mmol) was added and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v=50/1) to give Example 12 (0.20 g, 42%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 299.1.


Preparative Example 13



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Cyclopropyl methyl bromide (1.30 mL, 13.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (0.5 g, 2.24 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85° C. for two days. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into water (75 mL) and then filtered through a sintered funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×20 mL) and dried under vacuum to give Compound 13a (0.55 g, 88%).


Step B:
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.33 g, 70%, 1.35 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 13a (0.25 g, 0.9 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) at room temperature. Solvent was removed after 3 hours, and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v=4/1/2) to give Example 13 (0.15 g, 57%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 295.1.


Preparative Example 14



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of Example 10 (0.205 g, 0.804 mmol) and NH2NHCO2Me (0.145 g, 1.608 mmol) in MeCN (4.0 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was washed with water (3×25 mL) with filtration. The solid was dried under vacuum to give Example 14 (0.2 g, 89%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 281.1.


Preparative Example 15



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Allyl bromide (1.74 mL, 20.1 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (1.5 g, 6.7 mmol) in DMF (15.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 45° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into water (200 mL) and then filtered through a sintered funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×40 mL) and dried under vacuum to give Example 15 (1.55 g, 92%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 265.1.


Preparative Example 16



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Cyclopropyl carbinol (0.79 mL, 9.8 mmol) was added to a solution of Example 10 (0.050 g, 0.196 mmol) in CH3CN (0.8 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at 85° C. overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v=1/1) to give Example 16 (0.027 g, 52%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 263.1.


Preparative Example 17



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of Example 10 (0.10 g, 0.392 mmol) and t-BuSH (0.66 mL, 5.88 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2.0 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v=1/1) to give Compound 17a (0.045 g, 41%).


Step B:
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.049 g, 70%, 0.20 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 17a (0.040 g, 0.143 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2.5 mL) at room temperature. Solvent was removed after 3 hours and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting first with hexane/EtOAc (v/v=1/1) then with CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v=5/1) to give Example 17 (0.030 g, 71%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 297.1.


Preparative Example 18



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


EtI (2.1 g, 13.4 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (1.5 g, 6.7 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and filtered through a Buchner funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×50 mL) and dried under vacuum to give Compound 18a (1.3 g, 76%).


Step B
embedded image


m-CPBA (74 mg, 70%, 3 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 18a (0.5 g, 2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 3 hours, the solvent was removed, and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with AcOH/MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v/v=0.1/4.9/95) to give Example 18 (0.4 g, 74%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 269.


Preparative Example 19



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Benzyl bromide (1.54 g, 9 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (1 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was poured into water (50 mL) and filtered through a Buchner funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×50 mL) and dried under vacuum to give Compound 19a (1.3 g, 92%).


Step B:
embedded image


m-CPBA (72 mg, 70%, 3 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 19a (0.5 g, 2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature 3 hours, the solvent was removed, and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with AcOH/MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v/v=0.1/2.9/97) to give Example 19 (0.5 g, 76%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 331.


Preparative Example 20



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


(1-Bromoethyl)benzene (3.4 g, 18 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (1 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (20.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 70° C. for one day. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into water (50 mL) and then filtered through a Buchner funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×20 mL) and dried under vacuum to Compound 20a (1.3 g, 87%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 329.


Step B:
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.3 g, 70%, 1.2 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 20a (0.33 g, 1 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) at room temperature. Solvent was removed after 3 hours and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with 5% EtOH in EtOAc/hexanes (v/v=1:1) to give Example 20 (0.1 g, 50%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 345.


Preparative Example 21



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


2-Iodopropane (1.53 g, 9 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 10a (1 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMF (20 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for one day. The reaction mixture was cooled down and poured into water (50 mL) and then filtered through a Buchner funnel. The solid residue was washed with water (2×20 mL) and dried under vacuum to give Compound 21a (1.05 g, 88%).


Step B
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.74 g, 70%, 3 mmol) was added to a suspension of Compound 21a (0.53 g, 2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) at room temperature. Solvent was removed after 3 hours, the crude product was purified using a silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with 0.1% AcOH in MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v=2:98) to give Example 21 (0.45 g, 80%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 283.


Preparative Examples 22 and 23



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


K2CO3 (36.7 mg, 0.266 mmol) was added to a mixture of Example 11 (29.6 mg, 0.133 mmol) and EtI (0.064 mL, 0.8 mmol) in DMF (1.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction was stirred over night before it was diluted with by the addition of EtOAc (50 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (3×15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=7/3/1) as eluent to give Example 22 (7.0 mg, 21%) and Example 23 (20 mg, 60%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 251.1.


Preparative Example 24



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 10 (0.216 g, 0.847 mmol) in allyl alcohol (3.0 mL) was heated at reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/MeOH (v/v=5/1) to give Compound 24a (0.1 g, 48%).


Step B:
embedded image


NBS (36 mg, 0.202 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 24a (0.040 g, 0.161 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2.0 mL) at room temperature. Solvent was removed over 1 hour and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/EA (v/v=1/1) to give Example 24 (0.025 g, 48%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 327.1.


Preparative Example 25



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 1 (0.5 g, 2.4 mmol) was taken up in CH3CN (10 mL). Triethylamine (0.33 mL, 2.4 mmol) was added to the suspension followed by cyclopropyl methyl bromide (0.26 mL, 2.64 mmol) and NaI (0.36 g, 2.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by crystallization from EtOAc/hexanes to give Example 25 (0.25 g, 40%).


Preparative Example 26



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 1 (0.1 g, 0.48 mmol) was taken up in CH3CN (3.0 mL). Triethylamine (0.067 mL, 0.48 mmol) was added to the suspension followed by methyl bromoacetate (0.046 mL, 0.48 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Example 26 (0.06 g, 45%).


Preparative Example 27



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 1 (1.0 g, 4.8 mmol) was taken up in CH3CN (20 mL). Triethylamine (0.67 mL, 4.8 mmol) was added to the suspension followed by bromomethyl methyl ether (0.44 mL, 4.8 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 10 min after which it was concentrated. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Compound 27a (0.6 g, 50%).


Step B:
embedded image


Sodium hydride (0.058 g, 1.46 mmol) was added to a mixture of Compound 27a (0.335 g, 1.33 mmol) in 8 mL DMF at 0° C. followed by cyclopropyl methyl bromide (0.142 mL, 1.46 mmol). The suspension was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight before being diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and quenched by the addition of water (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Compound 27b (0.175 g, 43%).


Step C:
embedded image


Boron tribromide (2.85 mL, 2.85 mmol, 1.0 M solution in DCM) was added to a solution of Compound 27b (0.175 g, 0.57 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (8.0 mL) at −78° C. The reaction was allowed to stir for 2 h before being quenched with water (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Example 27 (0.1 g, 67%).


Preparative Example 28



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Sodium hydride (0.016 g, 0.396 mmol) was added to a mixture of Compound 27a (0.100 g, 0.396 mmol) in 2 mL DMF at 0° C. followed by methyl bromoacetate (0.041 mL, 0.44 mmol). The suspension was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight before being diluted with EtOAc (5 mL) and quenched by the addition of water (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Compound 28a (0.07 g, 54%).


Step B:
embedded image


Boron tribromide (1.1 mL, 1.1 mmol, 1.0 M solution in DCM) was added to a solution of Compound 28a (0.07 g, 0.22 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (3.0 mL) at −78° C. The reaction was allowed to stir for 2 h before being quenched with water (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Example 28 (0.02 g, 33%).


Preparative Example 29



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Sodium hydride (0.080 g, 1.98 mmol) was added to a mixture of Compound 27a (0.500 g, 1.98 mmol) in 8 mL DMF at 0° C. followed by 2-bromoacetophenone (0.434 g, 1.98 mmol). The suspension was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight before being diluted with EtOAc (5 mL) and quenched by the addition of water (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Compound 29a (0.37 g, 50%).


Step B:
embedded image


Boron tribromide (4.7 mL, 4.7 mmol, 1.0 M solution in DCM) was added to a solution of Compound 29a (0.350 g, 0.95 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10.0 mL) at −78° C. The reaction was allowed to stir for 2 h before being quenched with water (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×15 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Example 29 (0.175 g, 56%).


Preparative Example 30 and 31



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


To a CH2Cl2 solution of cyclopentylamine was added trimethylsilyl isocyanate. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight. To this was added 200 ml of CH3OH, and the mixture was stirred for another 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated and was titrated using diethyl ether to give an off-white precipitate. The precipitate was filtered through a Buchner funnel to give cyclopentyl urea Compound 30a as a white crystalline solid compound (13.0 g, 86%). To this urea Compound 30a (5.0 g, 38.7 mmol) in acetic acid (11 mL), was added malonic acid (4.0 g, 38.7 mmol) followed by acetic anhydride (18 mL) and the reaction was stirred at 70° C. for 12 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated, cooled in an ice bath and titrated using 4/1 EtO2/EtOAc. A pale yellow crystalline solid precipitated out. The precipitate was filtered and washed 2-3 times using cold diethyl ether to obtain a pale yellow solid Compound 30b (2.5 g, 33%).


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 30b (0.75 g, 1.0 equiv., 3.82 mmol) was condensed with methyl propional acetate (0.48 mL, 3.82 mmol) in the presence of sulfamic acid and heated to 140° C. for 6 hrs, forming a dark brown solid. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with H2O, dried using Na2SO4 and concentrated to give a crude mixture. Prep TLC purification of the crude mixture in 95/5 CH2Cl2/CH3OH yielded both the N1 and N3 isomers, Example 30 LCMS: (M+1) 277.1 and Example 31 LCMS: (M+1). 277.1


A similar two-step procedure was used to synthesize Examples 32-43.

LCMS:LCMS:(M + 1) of N-(M + 1) of N-substituentsN-1 products1 productsN-3 products3 productscyclopropylembedded image249.1embedded image249.1cyclobutylembedded image263.1embedded image263.1Prembedded image251.1embedded image251.1Etembedded image237.1embedded image237.1Meembedded imageembedded image223.0allylembedded image249.1embedded image249.1


Using the procedure set forth above for making the compound of Example 30, and substituting the appropriate reagents and intermediates, compounds 780-785 were prepared:

ElectrosprayCompoundLCMSNo.Structure[M + 1]+780embedded image303.1781embedded image305.2782embedded image291.2783embedded image291.2784embedded image317.2


Preparative Example 44



embedded image


To Example 1 (0.456 g, 2.2 mmol) in MeOH:H2O (1:1) was added allyl bromide followed by LiOH, and the reaction mixture was heated to 82° C. for 8 hours. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC which indicated presence of some starting material. The reaction mixture was then heated for another 6 hours. An orange-red precipitate was produced, which was filtered from the solution using diethyl ether. The filtrate was purified using prep TLC 95/5 CH2Cl2/CH3OH to give Example 44 LCMS: (M+1). 249.0


The following Examples 45-47, 51, 61-64, 66-67, 69-79 were prepared by a procedure similar to that used for the preparation of Example 12, using Example 10 and the appropriate corresponding alcohol.

ElectrosprayPREPARATIVELCMSEXAMPLE[M + 1]+embedded image367.1Example 45embedded image367.1Example 46embedded image317.1Example 47embedded image300.1Example 51embedded image359.1Example 61embedded image391.1Example 62embedded image327.1Example 63embedded image327.1Example 64embedded image300.1Example 66embedded image316.1Example 67embedded image391.2Example 69embedded image314.1Example 70embedded image316.1Example 71embedded image314.1Example 72embedded image313.1Example 73embedded image317.1Example 74embedded image383.1Example 75embedded image333.1Example 76embedded image375.1Example 77embedded image320.1Example 78embedded image469.1Example 79


Preparative Example 48



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


DIAD (0.488 mL, 2.52 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of Compound 10b (0.5 g, 2.10 mmol), BnOH (0.261 mL, 2.52 mmol) and PPh3 (0.661 g, 2.52 mmol) in THF (6.0 mL) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours before it was worked up by silica gel flash column chromatography using a solid sample loading method, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (v/v=5/1) to give Compound 48a (0.25 g, 36%).


Step B:
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.384 g, 1.55 mmol, 60-70%) was added at room temperature to a solution of Compound 48a (0.17 g, 0.518 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours before it was quenched with addition of Me2S (76 uL, 1.55 mmol). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase was washed with water, brine, and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the crude product was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=7/3/2) to give Compound 48b (0.15 g, 80%).


Step C:
embedded image


NaCN (14.0 mg, 0.286 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 48b (85.8 mg, 0.238 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours before it was worked up by dilution with EtOAc and water. The organic phase was washed with water (2×), brine, and dried (MgSO4). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the crude product was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography, eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=5/1/1) to give Compound 48c (37 mg, 50%).


Step D:
embedded image


A solution of Compound 48c (10 mg, 0.0326 mmol) in 4.0 M HCl in dioxane (0.7 mL) and MeOH (0.7 mL) in a sealed tube was heated at 70° C. for 7 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give crude product. The crude product was purified with preparative thin layer silica gel chromatography eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v/v=6/4/1) to give Example 48 (5 mg, 61%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 251.1.


Preparative Example 49



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


(R)-Phenethanol (0.24 mL, 2.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a suspension of NaH (87.4 mg, 2.0 mmol, 55% in mineral oil) in THF (3.0 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours until the solution was clear. The alkoxide thus formed was then added dropwise to a solution of the Compound 10 (0.27 g, 1.0 mmol) in DMF (3.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours before it was quenched by the addition of HOAc (0.11 mL, 2.0 mmol). The reaction mixture was taken up in EtOAc/CH2Cl2 (8/2), washed with diluted HCl (0.1 M), water and brine, then dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=7/3/2) to give Compound 49 (0.25 g, 80%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 313.1.


Using the method set forth above and substituting the appropriate reagents and intermediates, compounds 791-795 were prepared:

ElectrosprayCompoundLCMSNo.Structure[M + 1]+791embedded image411.2792embedded image411.2793embedded image437.2794embedded image437.2795embedded image291.2


Preparative Example 50



embedded image


Example 50 was prepared by a procedure similar to that used to prepare Example 29, using Compound 27a and the appropriate corresponding bromide. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 345.1.


Preparative Example 52



embedded image


Example 52 was prepared by a procedure similar to that used to prepare Example 49, using Example 10 and (S)-phenethanol. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 313.1.


Preparative Example 53



embedded image


Example 53 prepared by a procedure similar to that used in Step A of the preparation of Example 29, using Compound 27a and the appropriate corresponding bromide. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 439.1.


Preparative Example 54



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Example 29 (0.05 g, 0.153 mmol) was taken up in ethanol (3.0 mL). Methoxylamine hydrochloride (0.051 g, 0.61 mmol) was added to the mixture followed by sodium acetate (0.038 g, 0.46 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. overnight. After being cooled to room temperature, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure, diluted with CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and water (5 mL). The product was extracted from CH2Cl2 (2×5 mL), dried over MgSO4, concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in minimum CH2Cl2, diluted with hexanes and filtered to give Example 54. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 356.1.


Preparative Example 55



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Di-t-butyl diazodicarboxylate (2.32 g, 10.08 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 10b (2.0 g, 8.4 mmol), 4-methoxybenzyl alcohol (1.39 g, 10.08 mmol) and PPh3 (2.64 g, 10.08 mmol) in THF (20.0 mL) at room temperature. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours before it was worked up by direct silica gel flash column chromatography using a solid sample loading method, eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=9/1/1) to give Compound 55a (1.6 g, 53%).


Step B:
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.47 g, 1.92 mmol, 60-70%) was added at room temperature to a solution of Compound 55a (0.287 g, 0.80 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (8 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours before it was quenched by the addition of Me2S (124 μL, 1.92 mmol). The mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase was washed with water, brine, and dried (Na2SO4). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure, crude product was purified with silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=7/3/2) to give Example 55 (0.15 g, 80%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 391.1.


Preparative Example 56



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Cyclobutylamine (0.14 g, 2 mmol) was added to a suspension of Example 10 (0.25 g, 1 mmol) in CH3CN (15 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Solvent was removed and the crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with 10% NH4OH in MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v=3:97) to give Example 56 (0.045 g, 17%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 262.1


Preparative Example 57



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


A mixture of Compound 27a (2 g, 7.9 mmol) in DMF (100 mL), t-butyl bromoacetate (1.7 g, 8.7 mmol), and diisopropyl ethyl amine (1.1 g, 8.7 mmol) was stirred at 40° C. for 4 hours, then at room temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was mixed with water (200 mL), and then extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL×3). The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v=2:98) to give Compound 57a (1.8 g, 62%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 367.2.


Step B:
embedded image


A mixture of Compound 57a (0.95 g, 2.6 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 g, 13 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Removal of solvent and excess trifluoroacetic acid gave Example 57 (0.8 g, 100%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 311.2


Preparative Example 58



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


To a mixture of mono-cyclobutylbarbituric acid (300 mg, 1.6 mmol) and 2-Methyl-3-oxo-pentanoic acid ethyl ester (1.041 g, 6.59 mmol) was added sulfamic acid (77 mg, 0.8 mmol). The mixture was heated at 140-145° C. for 48 h. The residue was loaded onto preparative silica gel plates and eluted with 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2 to afford Example 58 (42 mg, 9%). LCMS: M+1: 277.1


Preparative Example 59



embedded image


EXAMPLE 59 was prepared using a two step procedure similar to that used for the preparation of Example 29, using Compound 27a and the appropriate corresponding bromide. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 252.1.


Preparative Example 60



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Sodium hydride (0.035 g, 0.869 mmol) was added to a mixture of Compound 27a (0.200 g, 0.79 mmol) in 3 mL DMF at 0° C. followed by 2-methoxyphenacyl bromide (0.2 g, 0.87 mmol). The suspension was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight before being diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and quenched by the addition of water (5 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Compound 60a.


Step B:
embedded image


Boron tribromide (1.3 mL, 1.31 mmol, 1.0 M solution in DCM) was added to a solution of Compound 60a (0.105 g, 0.262 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5.0 mL) at −78° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 2 h before being quenched with water (5.0 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give the crude product. The crude mixture was purified by column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (2/3: v/v) to yield Compound 60. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 343.1.


Preparative Example 65



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


K2CO3 (64.7 mg, 0.47 mmol) was added to a mixture of Example 12 (70 mg, 0.235 mmol) and cyclopropyl methyl bromide (0.068 mL, 0.705 mmol) in DMF (2.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight before it was diluted by the addition of EtOAc (50 mL) and water (10 mL). The organic phase was washed with water (3×15 mL), brine (15 mL), and dried over MgSO4. After filtration and concentration, the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=7/3/1) as eluent to give Compound 65a (26 mg, 31%).


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 65a (26 mg, 0.074 mmol) in EtOH (5.0 mL) was treated at room temperature with Pd/C (7.8 mg, 10 wt %) and was hydrogenated with a H2 ballom for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of Celite and the residue was washed with EtOH (15 mL). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v/v=3/7/1) as eluent to give Example 65 (6 mg, 30%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 263.1.


Using the method set forth above and substituting the appropriate reagents and intermediates, compounds 786-790 were prepared:

ElectrosprayCompoundLCMSNo.Structure[M + 1]+786embedded image291.2787embedded image295.2788embedded image269.1789embedded image295.2790embedded image283.2


Preparative Example 68



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


The mixture of Example 57 (0.1 g, 0.32 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL), piperidine (0.027 g, 0.32 mmol), HATU (0.24 g, 0.64 mmol), and triethylamine (0.098 g, 0.96 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was mixed with water (20 mL), and then extracted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL×2). The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with EtOAc/hexanes (v/v=1:1) to give Compound 68a (0.065 g, 54%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 378.2.


Step B:
embedded image


1M BBr3 solution in CH2Cl2 (0.75 mL, 0.75 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 68a (0.056 g, 0.15 mmol) at −78° C. After the reaction mixture was stirred at −78° C. for 2 hours, water (5 mL) was added. The organic solution was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with 10% NH4OH in MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v=3:97) to give Example 68 (0.01 g, 20%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 334.2.


Preparative Example 80



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Compound 27a (0.1 g, 0.33 mmol) was taken up in CH2Cl2 at room temperature. NBS was then added and the reaction was stirred for 4 hours. After no progress in the reaction was observed, a mixture of NBS (0.061 g, 0.34 mmol) in chloroform (4 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was heated for 12 hrs at 70° C. Both the TLC (30/70 EtOAc/Hexane) and mass spectrogram indicated that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with CH2Cl2 and washed with H2O. The organic phase was dried with Na2SO4 and solvent was removed to give the crude product. Preparative silica gel chromatography purification in EtOAc/Hexane (v/v=30/70) yielded Compound 80a (0.075 g, 60%).


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 80a (0.070 g, 0.18 mmol) was taken up in CH2Cl2 and the mixture was cooled to −78° C. 1M BBr3 (0.909 mL, 0.9 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours. Upon completion of the reaction, the mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with H2O, dried with Na2SO4, and then solvent was removed to give crude product. The crude product was purified by preparative silica gel chromatography using 30/70 EtOAc/Hexane, to give Example 80. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 341.2.


Preparative Example 81



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


To a mixture of Example 5 (84 mg, 0.34 mmol) and acetone oxime (27.5 mg, 0.37 mmol) was added DIEA (0.09 ml, 0.52 mmol) and the mixture was stirred for 3 days. The mixture was concentrated and was subjected to silica gel column chromatography to give Example 81 (30 mg, 31%). LCMS: M+1: 282.1


Preparative Example 92



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Isopropenyl magnesium bromide (0.95 mL, 0.475 mmol, 0.5 M in THF) was added dropwise to a solution of Example 55 (0.133 g, 0.341 mmol) in THF (4.0 mL) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours before it was quenched with HCl (0.2 M). The mixture was taken up in EtOAc and washed with water and brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified with silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=4/1/1) to give Compound 92a (59 mg, 49%).


Step B:
embedded image


NaIO4 (70.1 mg, 0.328 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 92a (46.2 mg, 0.131 mmol) and OsO4 (22.2 μL, 4 wt % in water) in THF (5.0 mL) and water (5.0 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight before it was quenched by the addition of Me2S (20 μL, 0.328 mmol). The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with HCl (0.5 M), water and brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the crude product was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with hexane/CH2Cl2/EtOAc (v/v/v=2/1/1) to give Compound 92b (39 mg, 84%).


Step C:
embedded image


Ceric ammonium nitrate (70.9 mg, 0.129 mmol) was added to a solution of Compound 92b (20.8 mg, 0.059 mmol) in MeCN (3.0 mL) and water (0.3 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours before it was diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with HCl (0.5 M), water, brine and dried over MgSO4. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and crude product was purified using preparative TLC with hexane/CH2Cl2/MeOH (v/v/v=2/8/1) as eluent to give Example 92 (8 mg, 58%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 235.1.


Examples 82-91 were prepared by procedures similar to those used for the preparation of Example 49, using Example 10 and the appropriate corresponding alcohols.

ElectrosprayPREPARATIVELCMSEXAMPLE[M + 1]+embedded image389.1Example 82embedded image327.1Example 83embedded image341.1Example 84embedded image341.1Example 85embedded image391.1Example 86embedded image264.1Example 87embedded image339.1Example 88embedded image349.1Example 89embedded image331.1Example 90embedded image341.1Example 91


Preparative Example 92



embedded image


Example 2 (0.71 g, 3.66 mmol, 1 eq) and SeO2 (0.46 g, 1.1 eq) were mixed together in 1,4-dioxane (10.5 mL) and THF (1.5 mL) and the mixture was heated to 90° C. in air for 24 hr. 5% of the resulting crude product was purified by directly loading it onto a reverse-phase HPLC column to afford the desired product Example 92 (7.4 mg) as a white solid.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 4.80 (s, 2 H) 6.20 (s, 1 H) Mass of C8H7N2O5 (MH)+: 211. Found: 211.


Preparative Example 93



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Compound 93a was prepared by a procedure similar to that used to prepare alcohol Example 92, except that the alcohol was allowed to oxidize further to the corresponding aldehyde. After purification several times using reverse-phase HPLC, Compound 93a (90 mg) was obtained. Mass of C8H5N2O5 (MH)+: 209. Found: 209.


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 93b (90 mg, 0.43 mmol, 1 eq)) was mixed with 3-methoxyaniline (109 mg, 2 equiv.) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (185 mg, 2 equiv.) in 2 mL of THF. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was quenched with methanol. Preparative TLC afforded 15.3 mg of the desired product Example 93.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 3.60 (s, 3 H) 4.60 (s, 2 H) 5.75 (s, 1 H) 6.20 (m, 3 H) 6.95 (m, 1 H) Mass of C15H14N3O5 (MH)+: 316. Found: 316.


Preparative Example 94



embedded image


Example 94 was prepared by a procedure similar to that used to prepare Example 92, except that Example 1 was oxidized instead of Example 2.



1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 1.38 (d, 2 H, J=6.8 Hz) 5.50 (q, 1 H, J=6.8 Hz) 6.20 (s, 1 H) Mass of C9H9N2O5 (MH)+: 225. Found: 225.


Preparative Example 95



embedded image


2-butyn-1-ol (140 mg, 2 mmol, 2 equiv.) in 4 mL of THF was treated with 1.6 M n-BuLi (1.2 mL, 2 equiv.) at 0° C. for 5 min to provide an alkoxide solution. Example 10 (0.25 g, 1 mmol, 1 equiv.) was then added to the alkoxide solution. After stirring 1.5 hr, 0.12 g of acetic acid (2 equiv.) was added to the solution. The solvent was removed and extraction with diethyl ether and water provided a white solid. The solid was washed with cold diethyl ether and dried under vacuum. 80 mg of the desired product Example 95 was obtained.



1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.20 (t, 2 H, J=6.8 Hz) 1.83 (s, 3 H) 3.00 (q, 2 H, J=6.98 Hz) 5.00 (s, 2 H) 6.00 (s, 1 H) Mass of C13H13N2O4 (MH)+: 261. Found: 261.


Preparative Example 96



embedded image


Barbituric acid (1.0 g, 7.81 mmol) was taken up in excess acetone. Triethylamine (2 mL) was added, and the reaction mixture was refluxed overnight after which it was cooled and filtered. The crude solid was purified by preparative TLC (8:1:1/EtOAc:DCM:MeOH) to yield the desired product, Example 96.


Electrospray MS [M+1]+ for Example 96 is 209.0


Preparative Example 97 and 98



embedded image


Examples 97 and 98 were prepared by methods analogous to the method used to prepare Example 1, except that 2-oxo-cyclohexanecarboxylic acid methyl ester and 2-oxo-cyclopentanecarboxylic acid methyl ester, respectively, were used instead of methylpropionylacetate.


Electrospray MS [M+1]+ for 96 and 97 are 235.1.


Preparative Example 99



embedded image


Commercially available (Aldrich) Compound 99a (75 g, 383 mmol) was stirred with cold aqueous Na2CO3 (15%, 450 mL) for 2 h. Extraction with EtOAc and drying over Na2CO3 provided Compound 99b as a colorless oil, which was immediately treated with NH4Cl (19.5 g, 364 mmol) in 200 mL of dry EtOH at 50° C. for 60 h. The crude product mixture was cooled and the solvent was removed. The resulting light yellow solid was treated with cold K2CO3 (30%, 300 mL H2O) for 0.5 h. Extraction with EtOAc gave Compound 99c as a light yellow solid (37.92 g). This solid was reacted with methyl propionylacetate (38.0 g, 292 mmol), 2 mL pyridine, in 400 mL of dry EtOH at 100° C. for 24 h. After cooling and filtration, the solid was washed with EtOH and 18 g of Compound 99d as a white solid was obtained (22% yield from Compound 99a).



1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.20 (t, 3 H, J=7.3 Hz) 1.40 (t, 3 H, J=7.1 Hz) 2.90 (q, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz) 4.30 (q, 2 H, J=7.1 Hz) 5.75 (s, 1 H) Mass of C10H15N2O3 (MH)+: 211. Found: 211.
embedded image


Compound 99d (3.0 g, 14.28 mmol) was treated with BnBr (2.44 g, 1 eq) and K2CO3 (3.94 g, 2 eq) in 100 mL acetone at 70° C. for 17 h. The solvent was removed and chromatographic purification (5% EtOAc in hexane) provided 2.53 g pure Compound 99e in 58% yield.


Compound 99e (0.3 g, 1 mmol) was treated with Et3N (0.22 g, 2.2 eq), COCl2 (1.9 M in toluene, 0.53 mL, 1 equiv) in 5 mL DCM at −78° C. for 45 min. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature in 1 h. NH3 (0.5 M in 1,4-dioxane, 2 mL, 1 eq) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The solvent was then removed, 3 mL anhydrous THF was added along with t-BuOK (1 M in THF, 1 mL, 1 equiv), and the mixture was stirred overnight. The solvent was removed, hexane and a small amount of MeOH were added and the resulting white solid was collected. The solid was further washed with anhydrous diethyl ether to give 3.8 mg of Example 99 as a white solid.



1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.20 (t, 3 H, J=7.3 Hz) 3.10 (q, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz) 5.40 (s, 2 H) 6.40 (s, 1 H) 7.20-7.40 (m, 4 H) 8.30 (m, 2 H) Mass of C16H16N3O3 (MH)+: 298. Found: 298.


Preparative Example 100



embedded image


Example 100 was prepared following procedures similar to those used to prepare Example 99, except that methyl iodide was used instead of BnBr, and cyclopropylmethylamine was used instead of ammonia.



1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 0.40 (m, 4 H) 1.18-1.25 (m, 4 H) 3.10 (q, 2 H, J=7.2 Hz) (3.82 (d, 2 H, J=7.4 Hz) 3.90 (s, 3 H) 6.38 (s, 1 H) 8.10 (br s, 1 H) Mass of C14H18N3O3 (MH)+: 276. Found: 276.


Preparative Example 101



embedded image


Intermediate Compound 101a was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example 99, except that cyclobutylamine was used instead of ammonia.



1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.20 (t, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz) 1.60-1.80 (m, 2 H) 2.10 (m, 2 H) 3.00 (m, 2 H) 3.10 (q, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz) 5.30 (m, 1 H) 5.40 (s, 2 H) 6.40 (s, 1 H) 7.20-7.40 (m, 5 H) 8.20 (br s, 1 H) Mass of C20H22N3O3 (MH)+: 352. Found: 352.


Compound 101a (70 mg) was treated with 3% Pd/C (50 mg), 10 mL MeOH under a hydrogen atmosphere (hydrogen balloon) overnight. After filtration, prep HPLC purification provided 1.2 mg of Example 101.



1H NMR (CDCl3): δ 1.20 (t, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz) 1.60-1.80 (m, 2 H) 2.10 (m, 2 H) 2.95 (m, 2 H) 3.20 (q, 2 H, J=7.3 Hz) 5.30 (m, 1 H) 6.40 (s, 1 H) 8.00 (br s, 1 H). Mass of C14H17N3O3 (MH)+: 276. Found: 276.


Preparative Example 102



embedded image


In a 25 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar and a nitrogen balloon was placed 1.0 g of barbituric acid (7.8 mmol) and 1.52 mL of 3-oxoheptanoic acid methyl ester (9.6 mmol, 1.23 equiv.). 8 mL of acetic acid was added to the reaction mixture and was refluxed for 16 h after which the reaction was cooled to room temperature. The excess acetic acid was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give crude product Example 102 along with unreacted starting materials. The crude product was stirred with 20 mL of boiling water for a few minutes and filtered. The precipitate was washed with boiling water (2×10 mL) and dried to yield 0.65 g (35% yield) of Example 102.



1H NMR (DMSO): δ 0.9 (t, 3 H, J=7.5 Hz) 1.32-1.40 (m, 2 H) 1.45-1.51 (m, 2 H) 2.84-2.87 (t, 2 H, J=7.5 Hz) 5.82 (s, 1 H) 11.34 (s, 1 H) 12.72 (br s, 1 H) Mass of C11H12N2O4 (MH)+: 236.22. Found: 237.1.


Examples 103-135



embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


embedded image


Examples 103-135 where prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example 102, except that an appropriately substituted ketoester was used instead of 3-oxoheptanoic acid methyl ester. The examples 200, 210, 241, 242, 245, 246, 252-260, 274-278, 280, 281, 282, 284, 285, 291 were prepared by a procedure similar to that used for the preparation of Example 30 and 31.


The examples 201, 202, 204-209, 211-218, 224-240, 243, 244, 247-251, 261-273, 279, 283, 286-290, 293, 294-297 were prepared by a procedure similar to that used for the preparation of example 102, using barbituric acid and the corresponding keto ester.


The preparation of ketoesters starting material where appropriate is shown below.


The preparation of keto ester starting material for examples 247 is as follows


Preparative Example 247a



embedded image


4-Methylhexanoic acid (3.0 g, 23.08 mmol) was taken in 40 mL THF. 1,1′-Carbonyldiimidazole (4.49 g, 27.69 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h after which MgCl2 (2.2 g, 23.08 mmol) and ethyl potassium malonate (5.89 g, 34.62 mmol) was added. The reaction was allowed to run at room temperature overnight. The crude reaction mixture was filtered through a short pad of silica gel and eluted with EtOAc/hexanes (1:3) to yield compound 247a.


Preparative Example 223a



embedded image


The starting material for the preparation of example 223 is as follows.
embedded image


Step A: A solution of triethyl phosphonate (44.8 g, 200 mmol) in THF (30 ml) at 0° C. was treated with a 1M solution (200 ml) of sodium bis(trimethylsilylamide) in THF. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour, and then cooled to 0° C. A solution of 1,4-cyclohexanedione mono ethylene ketal (15.6 g, 200 mmol) in THF (50 ml) was added dropwise, and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C., treated with cold aqueous citric acid, and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel, eluting with a gradient of CH2Cl2/EtOAc to afford 223b (21 g, 91%).
embedded image


Step B: The compound 223b (20 g) was dissolved in EtOH (150 ml) and treated with 10% Pd/C under 1 atm of hydrogen for 3 days. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to 223c (20.3 g, 100%).
embedded image


Step C: The compound 223c (7 g) was dissolved in formic acid (50 ml) and heated at 70° C. for 1 h. The solution was concentrated and the residue was taken up in EtOAc and washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel to afford 223d (5 g).
embedded image


Step D: The compound 223d (4.6 g) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (10 ml) and treated with diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (DAST, 5 ml) at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice/water (30 ml) and extracted with CH2Cl2. The extract was washed with satd. aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford 223e as brown oil (3.2 g, 62%).
embedded image


Step E: The compound 223e (3.2 g, 15.5 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (5 ml) and treated with LiOH (559 mg, 23.3 mmol) overnight. The reaction mixture was acidified by 3 N HCl to pH 4 and extracted with CH2Cl2. The extract was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to afford 223f as brown oil (3 g, 100%).
embedded image


Step F: The compound 223f (900 mg, 5.0 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 ml), added with CDI (972 mg, 6.0 mmol) and stirred for 45 min. Then methyl malonate potassium salt (1.02 g, 6.0 mmol) and MgCl2 (570 mg, 6.0 mmol) were added into the above solution. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight and filtered through a short pad of silica gel and washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated and chromatographed on silica gel to afford 223a as colorless oil (400 mg, 34%).


The starting materials for structures 262, 263 were prepared in a manner similar to 218a.


Preparative Example 262a



embedded image



Prepared in the same manner as in example 218a.


Preparative Example 263a



embedded image



Prepared in the same manner as in example 218a.


Preparative Example 266a



embedded image


Sodium hydride (1.42 g, 35.56 mmol) was taken in THF (20 mL) in a round bottomed flask equipped with a stirring bar and nitrogen balloon. It was cooled to 0° C. and methyl acetoacetate (3.84 mL, 35.56 mmol) dissolved in 10 mL THF was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 30 min after which n-BuLi (2.5 M solution in hexanes, 14.2 mL, 35.56 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to run for 30 min at 0° C. and then cooled to −25° C. Bromomethylcyclobutane (4.82 g, 32.32 mmol) dissolved in 20 mL THF was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at −25° C. for 4 h followed by room temperature overnight. It was quenched with the addition of sat. NH4Cl, extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL), dried over MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by biotage (5% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield compound 266a.


Preparative Example 267a



embedded image



Prepared in the same manner as in example 218a.


Preparative Example 268a



embedded image


Trifluoroacetic acid (7.84 mL, 105.48 mmol) and diiodomethane (8.5 mL, 105.48 mmol) in 50 mL DCM was cooled to 0° C. Diethylzinc (1.0 M solution in hexanes, 105.5 mL, 105.48 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 20 min after which 5-Methyl-5-hexenoic acid methyl ester (5.0 g, 35.16 mmol) in 20 mL DCM was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. NH4Cl, extracted with DCM (2×30 mL), dried over MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo to yield compound 268b which was carried over to the next step without further purification.
embedded image


Ester 268b (5.0 g, 32 mmol) was taken in MeOH (50 mL) and NaOH (3.2 g, 80 mmol) was added to it. The reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with water (50 mL) and acidified with conc HCl. It was extracted with Et2O (2×30 mL), washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product 268c was used as such without any further purification.
embedded image

Prepared in the same manner as in example 262a.


Preparative Example 269a



embedded image



Prepared in the same manner as in example 266a.


Preparative Example 279a



embedded image


5,5-Dimethyl-dihydro-furan-2-one (5.0 g, 43.8 mmol), trimethyl orthoformate (11.5 mL, 105.12 mmol), and sulfuric acid (0.43 g, 4.38 mmol) were taken in MeOH (50 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. overnight. After cooling, the solvent was removed in vacuo, quenched with sat. NaHCO3 and extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL). The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to yield compound 279b which was used without any further purification.
embedded image

Prepared in the same manner as in example 268c.
embedded image

Prepared in the same manner as in example 262a.


Preparative Example 288a



embedded image


Lithium diisopropylamide (2.0 M solution in THF/heptane/ethyl benzene, 43.4 mL, 86.82 mmol) was taken in THF (30 mL) and cooled to −78° C. Isobutyronitrile (6 g, 86.82 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at −78° C. for 1 h and 0° C. for 2 h. Benzyl 4-bromobutyl ether (21.1 g, 86.82 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched by the addition of saturated NH4Cl and extracted with Et2O. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude compound obtained was purified by biotage (5% EtOAc/hexanes) to yield compound 288b.
embedded image


Compound 288b was taken up in CH2Cl2 (25 mL) in a 100 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a stirring bar and nitrogen balloon and cooled to −78° C. Boron trichloride (1.0 M solution in hexanes, 43.2 mL, 43.2 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to gradually warm to 0° C. After 1 h the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO3, extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo to yield the crude compound which was purified by filtering through a short pad of silica gel eluting with 50% EtOAc/hexanes to yield compound 288c.
embedded image


Compound 288c (3.0 g, 21.2 mmol) was taken in acetone (20 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Jones reagent was added dropwise until there was no change in color to green upon addition of the reagent. The excess reagent was quenched by the addition of i-PrOH, and water (20 mL) extracted with Et2O. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo to yield compound 288d which was used without further purification.
embedded image

Prepared in the same manner as in example 262a.


Preparative Example 293a



embedded image


Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M solution in THF, 108.9 mL, 108.9 mmol) was taken up in 100 mL THF in a 500 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a stirring bar and nitrogen balloon. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and (methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (37.3 g, 108.9 mmol) was added portionwise and the dark red solution was stirred at 0° C. for 45 min. Dicyclopropyl ketone (10 g, 90.78 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 3 h after which the reaction mixture was poured into hexane. The mixture was filtered through silica gel eluting with hexane. Solvent removal gave the crude enol ether. The crude enol ether was taken up in THF (100 mL) and 10% HCl (100 mL) was added. The reaction was refluxed overnight. Upon cooling, diluted with water and extracted with Et2O (2×50 mL), washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture 293b was used as such without further purification.
embedded image


Sodium hydride (6.44 g, 161 mmol) was taken in THF (30 mL) in a 250 mL round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar and nitrogen balloon. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. Triethylphosphonoacetate (36.1 g, 161 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h after which it was cooled back to 0° C. and compound 293b (10 g, 80.5 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of water and was extracted with Et2O. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude was purified by biotage (2% EtOAc/haxanes) to yield compound 293c.
embedded image


Compound 293c was taken up in 100 mL EtOH in a 200 mL round bottomed flask. To the solution was added Pd/C (10 wt %, 7.0 g, 5.7 mmol) and the mixture was hydrogenated using a hydrogen balloon under ambient temperature for 12 h. The mixture was filtered through celite and eluted with EtOH which upon solvent removal gave crude compound 293d.
embedded image

Prepared in the same manner as in example 268c.
embedded image

Prepared in the same manner as in example 262a.


Preparative Example 294a



embedded image



Prepared in the same manner as in example 288a.


Preparative Example 295a



embedded image



Prepared in the same manner as in example 262a.


Preparative Example 292a



embedded image



The starting material for the preparation of example 292 is as follows.
embedded image


Into the solution of iodobenzene (10.2 g, 50 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (150 mL) and 3-oxoenanthic acid methyl ester (15.8 g, 100 mmol) was added copper(I) iodide (1.9 g, 10 mmol), L-proline (2.3 g, 20 mmol), and cesium carbonate (65.2 g, 200 mmol). After stirred under N2 at 40° C. for 18 hours, the reaction mixture was dissolved into ethyl acetate (250 mL), washed with water (4×150 ml). The organic solution was dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude product was purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v=5/95) to give compound 292a (4.5 g, 38%).


Preparative Example 297a



embedded image


The starting material for the preparation of example 297 is as follows.
embedded image


To a solution of 2-cyclopentyl ethanol (11.4 g, 100 mmol), anhydrous CH2Cl2 (80 mL), and triethyl amine(12 g, 120 mmol), which cooled to 0° C., was added via syringe MsCl (13.7 g, 120 mmol). After stirring under N2 at 0° C. for 1 hour then at room temperature for 18 hours, the reaction mixture was washed with water (2×100 mL), dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a clear oil (19 g, 100%). The oil was dissolved into anhydrous CH2Cl2 (250 mL) and mixed with NaI (20 g, 200 mmol). After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered from solid. The resulting filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown paste. The paste was dissolved into diethyl ether (300 mL), washed with water (2×150 mL), dried with sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure to give compound 297b (20 g, 89%).
embedded image


To a solution of methyl acetoacetate (5.8 g, 50 mmol) and anhydrous THF (100 mL), which cooled to 0° C., was added NaH (60%, 2.4 g, 60 mmol). After stirring under N2 at 0° C. for 0.5 hour, n-BuLi (2.5 M in hexanes, 20 mL) was added via syringe. After stirring at 0° C. for 0.5 hour, the reaction mixtures was cooled to −25° C., the compound 297b was added via syringe. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hour, then room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride (200 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL)washed with water (2×100 mL). The organic solution was dried with sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown oil, which purified using silica gel flash column chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes (v/v=7/93) to give compound 297a (3.2 g, 32%).


Preparative Example 214



embedded image


Compound 214a (10 g, 48.04 mmol) was taken in DMF (50 mL) in a round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. N-Iodosuccinimide (22 g, 97.79 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. overnight. After cooling to ambient temperature, H2O (100 mL) was added. The product was filtered, washed with water followed by ether to give a white powdery mixture (>95% yield). The product 214b was used as such for the next step without any further purification.
embedded image


Compound 214b (0.1 g, 0.3 mmol) was taken in C6H6 (1 mL) in a 10 mL round bottomed flask. Pd(OAc)2 (0.004 g, 0.018 mmol), PPh3 (0.014 g, 0.054 mmol), and Na2CO3 (0.5 mL, 2M solution) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 min. trans-1-Hexen-1-ylboronic acid (0.042 g, 0.33 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux (80° C.) overnight. After cooling, the mixture was diluted with H2O (2 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL), dried over MgSO4, concentrated and dried to yield the crude compound 214. Purification by preparative TLC (10% MeOH/DCM) to yield compound 214.


Preparative Example 219



embedded image


Compound 214b (0.1 g, 0.3 mmol) was taken in DMF (3.0 mL) in a 10 mL round bottomed flask. PdCl2(PPh3)2 (0.011 g, 0.015 mmol), phenylacetylene (0.061 g, 0.6 mmol), CuI (0.006 g, 0.03 mmol), and triethylamine (0.091 g, 0.9 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc (5 mL), neutralized with 1 N HCl, and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL), dried over MgSO4, concentrated and dried to yield crude 219. The crude product was taken in ether and filtered to yield pure compound 219.


Preparative Example 220



embedded image


Barbituric acid 220a (1.0 g, 7.81 mmol) and keto ester 220b (1.45 g, 9.4 mmol) was taken in glacial acetic acid (8 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the acetic acid was removed in vacuo and hot water was added to remove excess barbituric acid. The procedure was repeated a few times until no starting material was left. It was followed by washing with ether. The product 220c was dried and needed no further purification.
embedded image


Compound 220c (0.1 g, 0.431 mmol) was taken in DMF (1 mL) in a 10 mL round bottomed flask. lodobenzene (0.053 g, 0.258 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (0.003 g, 0.0043 mmol), CuI (0.002 g, 0.0086 mmol), and Et2NH (0.157 g, 2.15 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (2 mL), neutralized with 1N HCl and extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). It was dried over MgSO4, concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative TLC (20% MeOH/DCM) to yield compound 220.


Preparative Example 216



embedded image


Barbituric acid (1.0 g, 7.81 mmol) and Diethyl β-ketoadipate 216a (2.03 g, 9.4 mmol) was taken in glacial acetic acid (8 mL) and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. After cooling to room temperature, the acetic acid was removed in vacuo and hot water was added to remove excess barbituric acid. The procedure was repeated a few times until no starting material was left. It was followed by washing with ether. The product 216 was dried and needed no further purification.


The starting material for the preparation of example 203 is as follows.


Preparative Example 203



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


To a solution of ethylphenylacetate (8.2 g, 0.05 mol) in THF at −78° C. was added LHMDS (1M in THF, 100 ml, 0.10 mol) and stirred for 20 min. Propionic anhydride (6.5 ml, 0.05 mol) was added rapidly. The mixture was allowed to warm up to 0° C. and stirred for 30 min. It was quenched with NH4Cl (aq.) and extracted with EtOAc. Usual work up afforded the crude material which was chromatographed on silica gel to obtain product.


Step B:
embedded image

Compound 203 was obtained by normal condensation procedure with cyclobutylbarbituric acid.


Preparative Example 209



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Starting material 209a (9.9 g, 75 mmol) was dissolved in THF (100 mL) and water (25 mL). LiOH (3.4 g, 80.9 mmol), the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. 1 N HCl (100 mL) was added and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) to give compound 209b (8.8 g, 93%).


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 209c (1.9 g, 16.1 mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL), CDI (12.3 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. MgCl2 (1.5 g, 16.1 mmol) and KOCOCH2CO2Me (3.8 g, 24.2 mmol) were added, the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. EtOAc (100 mL), water (50 mL) were added. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was separated by silica gel chromatography, with Biotage 40S+ column, eluted with EtOAc:hexanes, 1:10, to give 2.1 g (74%) yellow liquid as Compound 209d.


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 209c (1.13 g, 6.49 mmol) and barbituric acid (0.5 g, 3.90 mmol) was mixed with HOAc (2 mL) in a sealed tube, and heated in an oil bath at 125° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, HOAc was removed and the residue was taken up in MeOH, and filtered. The volume of the mother liquid was reduced until solid started to come out, the beige solid was collected to give Compound 209 (153 mg, 10%).


Electrospray MS [M+1]: 253.1.


Compound 208 was prepared in a similar fashion as in Compound 209, from the commercially available Compound 208a.
embedded image


Preparative Example 270

Step A:
embedded image


Starting lactone (10 g, 116 mmol) was mixed with allylbromide (30 mL, 346 mmol), toluene (75 mL), and KOH (19.5 g, 348 mmol). The mixture was heated 110° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature; water (100 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give a yellow liquid as the desired Compound 270a (11.8 g, 55.2%).


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 270a (3.0 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolve in EtOH (20 mL), 10% Pd/C (300 mg) was added. The slurry was stirred under H2 overnight. The mixture was filtered through Celite, and the filtrate was concentrated to give a yellow liquid as the desired Compound 270b (2.5 g, 81%).


Step C:
embedded image


Compound 270b (3.0 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolve in THF (20 mL)-H2O (7 mL), LiOH (1.66 g, 39.5 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. 1 N HCl (75 mL) was added, and extracted with Et2O. The organic extracts were combined, dried (MgSO4) filtered and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in THF (50 mL), CDI (12.3 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. MgCl2 (1.3 g, 13.6 mmol) and KOCOCH2CO2Me (2.9 g, 18.5 mmol) were added, the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. EtOAc (100 mL), water (50 mL) were added. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was separated by silica gel chromatography, with Biotage 40S+ column, eluted with EtOAc:hexanes, 1:10, to give 1.5 g (46%) yellow liquid as Compound 270d.


Step D:
embedded image


Compound 270d (448 mg, 2.22 mmol) and barbituric acid (340 mg, 2.65 mmol) was mixed with HOAc (2 mL) in a sealed tube, and heated in an oil bath at 125° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, HOAc was removed and the residue was taken up in MeOH, and filtered. The mother liquid was concentrated and separated by preparative TLC, eluted with 1:10:10, HOAc:DCM:EtOAc, to give desired Compound 270 (72 mg, 11.4%) as a white solid. Electrospray MS [M+1]: 281.2.


Preparative Example 271

Step A:
embedded image


Starting alcohol (5.2 g, 28.0 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (100 mL), triethylamine (6 mL, 42.7 mmol) and MsCl (2.6 mL, 33.6 mmol) was added. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with 1 N HCl (50 mL×2). The aqueous layers were combined, extracted with EtOAc. The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated to give Compound 271a (7.26 g, 100%).


Step B:
embedded image


Cyclopentanol (3.8 mL, 42 mmol) was dissolved in THF (50 mL) under nitrogen. NaH (0.85 g, 95% oil dispersion, 33.7 mmol) was added. The resulting slurry was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. A solution of mesylate 271a (7.26 g, 28 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added via syringe. The resulting mixture was heated at 85° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and diluted with EtOAc, and washed with water (50 mL×3). The aqueous layers were combined and extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified over silica gel column, eluted with EtOAc-hexanes (1:10) to give 4.95 g (71%) of Compound 271b as an amber liquid.


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 271b (4.95 g, 20 mmol) was dissolved in EtOH (100 mL), 10% Pd/C (0.55 g) was added and stirred under 1 atm of hydrogen balloon overnight. Filtered through Celite, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified over silica gel column, eluted with EtOAc-hexanes (1:3) to give 3.1 g (98%) of Compound 271c as a colorless liquid.


Step C:
embedded image


CrO3 was mixed with 4.7 mL of conc. H2SO4. The mixture was diluted with water to 36 mL. Compound 271c was dissolved in acetone (30 mL), and Jones reagent was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give 1.99 g (71%)


Step D:
embedded image


Compound 271d (2.40 g, 14.0 mmol) dissolved in THF (50 mL), CDI (2.48 g, 15.3 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. MgCl2 (1.5 g, 15.3 mmol) and KOCOCH2CO2Me (3.3 g, 20.9 mmol) were added, the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. EtOAc (100 mL), water (50 mL) were added. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The organic extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The residue was filtered through a pad of silica gel, eluted with EtOAc: hexanes, 1:3, to give 2.2 g (69%) yellow liquid as Compound 270e.


Step D:
embedded image


Compound 271e (448 mg, 2.22 mmol) and barbituric acid (340 mg, 2.65 mmol) was mixed with HOAc (2 mL) in a sealed tube, and heated in an oil bath at 125° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, HOAc was removed and the residue was taken up in MeOH, and filtered. The mother liquid was concentrated and separated by preparative TLC, eluted with 1:10:10, HOAc:DCM:EtOAc, to give desired Compound 271 (55 mg, 4%) as a white solid. Electrospray MS [M+1]: 307.2.


Compound 273, Compound 287 and Compound 290 are prepared in a similar fashion as Compound 271 from the corresponding alcohols.


Preparative Example 205



embedded image


Compound 205a (50 mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and H2O (2 mL), Pd(dppf)2Cl2 and K2CO3 were added. The resulting mixture was heated at 85° C. under nitrogen for 5 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. The filtrated was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in MeOH, and DCM was added until precipitation persisted. The solid was collected as the desired Compound 205 (21 mg, 40%). Electrospray MS [M+1]: 481.5.


Compound 207 was prepared in a similar fashion as Compound 205, using the corresponding boronic acid.


Several compounds of the invention are shown in the Table below as well as in the Tables presented later in this specification. The LCMS data is also shown wherever available. The activity (EC50) data is also shown, wherever measured and available, and is designated A, B or C, where A=0.001 nM to 100 nM; B is >100<1000 nM and C is >1000 nM.

CompoundNA EC50ElectrosprayNo.STRUCTUREcamp (nM)LCMS [M + 1]+200embedded imageB331.2201embedded imageC289.2202embedded imageC311.2203embedded imageC339.1204embedded imageC265.1205embedded imageB365.2206embedded imageB235.1207embedded imageC377.2208embedded imageC316.2209embedded imageB253.1210embedded imageB331.2211embedded imageC263.1212embedded imageB263.1213embedded imageB345.2214embedded imageC291.2215embedded imageC343.2216embedded imageB267.1217embedded imageC247.1218embedded imageB251.1219embedded imageC309.2220embedded imageC309.2221embedded imageC378.2222embedded imageC281.2223embedded imageA313224embedded imageA317.2225embedded imageA269.1226embedded imageA261.1227embedded imageC249.1228embedded imageC372.2229embedded imageA391.2230embedded imageB301.2231embedded imageC318.2 (M + Na)232embedded imageC368.2 (M + Na)233embedded imageC398  234embedded imageC426  235embedded imageA275.2236embedded imageC309.2237embedded imageC2809.2238embedded imageB349.2239embedded imageA267.1240embedded imageC251  241embedded imageA331.2242embedded imageC331.2243embedded imageB380  244embedded imageC264  245embedded imageA305.2246embedded imageC345.2247embedded imageA265.1248embedded imageC293.2249embedded imageB434  250embedded imageC376  251embedded imageB380  252embedded imageA249.1253embedded imageC317.2254embedded imageC317.2255embedded imageC359.2256embedded imageC359.2257embedded imageC291.2258embedded imageB291.2259embedded imageC305.2260embedded imageC305.2261embedded imageB396  262embedded imageA279.2263embedded imageC265.1264embedded imageC329.2265embedded imageC321.2266embedded imageA263.1267embedded imageC265.1268embedded imageA277.2269embedded imageB279.2270embedded imageA281.2271embedded imageB307.2272embedded imageB263.1273embedded imageB293.2274embedded imageB303.2275embedded imageB263.1276embedded imageB263.1277embedded imageC277.2278embedded imageB277.2279embedded imageC281.2280embedded imageC373.2281embedded imageB359.2282embedded imageB345.2283embedded imageB221.1284embedded imageB333.1285embedded imageB331.2286embedded imageA277.2287embedded imageC321.2288embedded imageC290.2289embedded imageC223.1290embedded imageB315.2 (M + Na)291embedded imageC223.1292embedded imageB313.2293embedded imageB303.2294embedded imageB288.2295embedded imageB263.1296embedded imageB249.1297embedded imageA291.2


The compounds 500 to 690 were prepared by a procedure similar to that used for the preparation of Example 49, using Example 10, and the appropriate corresponding alcohol.


Compounds 691 and 698 were prepared by a procedure similar to Example 49, using appropriate oxyaminocarbamate and sulfoxide which was prepared using Example 10.

NAEC50CompoundcampElectrosprayNo.Structure(nM)LCMS [M + 1]+500embedded imageB363.1501embedded imageA363.1502embedded imageB343503embedded imageB368504embedded imageB327505embedded imageB327506embedded imageC335507embedded imageA363508embedded imageC381.1509embedded imageB400510embedded imageC393511embedded imageC358.2512embedded imageA275513embedded imageB304514embedded imageC435515embedded imageB363516embedded imageC381517embedded imageC375.2518embedded imageB393.2519embedded imageC295.1520embedded imageC376.2521embedded imageB401.2522embedded imageB323523embedded imageA300.2524embedded imageB267.1525embedded imageB329.2526embedded imageB380527embedded imageB350528embedded imageB350529embedded imageB317530embedded imageB317531embedded imageB380532embedded imageB383533embedded imageC370534embedded imageB384535embedded imageB380536embedded imageB379537embedded imageC363538embedded imageB355539embedded imageB327540embedded imageB366541embedded imageB388542embedded imageC379543embedded imageB354544embedded imageB330.2545embedded imageB368.2546embedded imageB369.99547embedded imageB447548embedded imageB405549embedded imageB419550embedded imageC389551embedded imageB432552embedded imageB446553embedded imageC458554embedded imageC409555embedded imageB247556embedded imageC314.2557embedded imageA289558embedded imageC427559embedded imageB393560embedded imageC426561embedded imageB405562embedded imageB406563embedded imageB376564embedded imageB409565embedded imageB435566embedded imageC393567embedded imageB400568embedded imageB368.2569embedded imageA407.2570embedded imageB365.1571embedded imageB366.1572embedded imageB423.1573embedded imageB461.1574embedded imageB394.1575embedded imageB395.1576embedded imageC343.2577embedded imageB343.2578embedded imageC320.2579embedded imageC306.2580embedded imageC281.2581embedded imageC279.2582embedded imageB266.1583embedded imageB379.2584embedded imageB418585embedded imageB418586embedded imageA383.1587embedded imageC379.1588embedded imageC315.1589embedded imageA287590embedded imageB275591embedded imageA411.1592embedded imageB320.2593embedded imageC307.2594embedded imageC320.2595embedded imageB295.2596embedded imageB343.2597embedded imageC398.1598embedded imageB343.1599embedded imageB343.1600embedded imageC409.1601embedded imageC293.1602embedded imageB398.1603embedded imageB327.2604embedded imageB387.2605embedded imageC309.2606embedded imageC321607embedded imageB281.2608embedded imageB384.2609embedded imageC376.1610embedded imageC335611embedded imageC324.2612embedded imageC364.2613embedded imageB412.1614embedded imageB347.1615embedded imageB337.1616embedded imageB379.2617embedded imageB397.2618embedded imageB343.2619embedded imageB342.2620embedded imageC322.2621embedded imageB322.2622embedded imageB389.2623embedded imageA357.2624embedded imageB365.2625embedded imageB318.2626embedded imageA358627embedded imageC361.2628embedded imageC366.2629embedded imageB334.2630embedded imageC324.2631embedded imageB277632embedded imageB281.2633embedded imageB329.2634embedded imageB405635embedded imageC395636embedded imageB291637embedded imageB309.2638embedded imageB329639embedded imageB283640embedded imageB400.1641embedded imageA304642embedded imageB297.2643embedded imageB253.1644embedded imageA291645embedded imageA305646embedded imageC373.2647embedded imageB448.2648embedded imageB382.2649embedded imageB368650embedded imageB329.2651embedded imageB520652embedded imageA280.1653embedded imageC399.2654embedded imageAM + Na 391.2655embedded imageB346.2656embedded imageC332657embedded imageC290658embedded imageB291659embedded imageC399.2660embedded imageC317.2 (M + Na)661embedded imageB371.2662embedded imageA399.2663embedded imageC439.2664embedded imageB305665embedded imageC304666embedded imageA332667embedded imageB346668embedded imageC304669embedded imageB319670embedded imageA319.2671embedded imageA305672embedded imageB305673embedded imageB359674embedded imageA303675embedded imageB346676embedded imageB360677embedded imageA315678embedded imageB331679embedded imageA333680embedded imageA319681embedded imageC344.2682embedded imageC328.2683embedded imageC360.2684embedded imageA371.2685embedded imageB412.2686embedded imageB279.2687embedded imageB305.2688embedded imageB374.2689embedded imageB400.2690embedded imageC241.1691embedded imageA350.2692embedded imageA352.2693embedded imageB364.2694embedded imageC338.2695embedded imageA338.2696embedded imageB336.2697embedded image324.2698embedded image295.2


Preparative Example 699



embedded image


Compound 699a (0.925 g, 3.53 mmol) was taken in DMF (10 mL) in a round bottomed flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar. N-Iodosuccinimide (1.59 g, 7.05 mmol) was added portionwise and the reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. overnight. After cooling to ambient temperature, H2O (25 mL) was added. The product was filtered, washed with water followed by ether to give a white powdery mixture (>95% yield). The product 699b was used as such for the next step without any further purification.
embedded image


Compound 699b (0.1 g, 0.258 mmol) was taken in 5 mL DME/H2O (4:1) in a 10 mL round bottomed flask. PdCl2(PPh3)2 (0.018 g, 0.0258 mmol), Na2CO3 (0.082 g, 0.774 mmol), and phenylboronic acid (0.057 g, 0.464 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was allowed to reflux (80° C.) for 6 h. After cooling, the mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (CH2Cl2 to 5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to yield compound 699.
embedded image


Compound 700 was prepared in the same manner as in example 699.
embedded image


Compound 701 was prepared in the same manner as in example 699.
embedded image


Compound 702 was prepared in the same manner as in example 699.
embedded image


Compound 703 was prepared in the same manner as in example 699.
embedded image


Compound 704 was prepared in the same manner as in example 699.
embedded image


Compound 705b was prepared in the same manner as in example 699b.
embedded image


Compound 705 was prepared in the same manner of compound 699.
embedded image


The compound 706 was prepared in the same manner of compound 699.
embedded image


The compound 707 was prepared in the same manner of compound 699.
embedded image


The compound 708 was prepared in the same manner of compound 699.
embedded image


The compound 709 was prepared in the same manner of compound 699.
embedded image


The compound 710 was prepared in the same manner of compound 699.

CompoundNA EC50 campElectrosprayNo.STRUCTURE(nM)LCMS [M + 1]+699embedded imageC339.2700embedded imageC357.2701embedded imageC407.2702embedded imageC364.2703embedded imageC383.2704embedded imageC396.2705embedded imageC347.2706embedded imageC331.2707embedded imageC343.2708embedded imageB381.2709embedded imageC338.2710embedded imageC370.2


Preparative Example 711



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


To a solution of diethyl zinc (3.0 eq, 1.0 M in THF) in CH2Cl2 (0.2 M) at 0° C., was added TFA (3.0 equiv, dropwise via an addition funnel). The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 15 minutes after the addition was complete. CH2I2 (3.0 equiv) was then added to the reaction mixture dropwise via syringe and the resulting reaction was allowed to stir at 0° C. for 10 minutes. To the resulting reaction was added hex-5-enoic acid methyl ester (1.0 equiv) and the reaction mixture was stirred for about 15 hours, allowing the mixture to increase to room temperature. The reaction was then quenched by careful addition of aqueous 1 N HCl and the the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×). The combined organic phases were washed with water, then brine, then dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to provide compound 711A in quantitative yield.


Step B:
embedded image


Aqueous NaOH solution (2.0 equiv, 2.0 N) was added to a solution of 711A (1.0 equiv) in THF and MeOH (v/v=2/1, 0.2 M) at room temperature. The mixture was allowed to stir for 4 hours and the solvent was then removed in vacuo. The resulting aqueous solution was extracted with ether and the resulting solution was then acidified using 5 M HCl. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3×) and the combined organic phases were washed with water, then brine, then dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to provide compound 711B in quantitative yield.


Step C:
embedded image


CDI (1.2 equiv) was added to a solution of 711B in THF (0.5 M) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 1 hour, then monomethyl melonate ester potassium salt (1.5 equiv) and MgCl2 (1.0 equiv) were added. The resulting reaction was allowed to stir for about 15 hours and was then quenched with aqueous HCl (1.0 N). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic phases were washed with water, then brine, then dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to provide compound 711C in quantitative yield.


Step D:
embedded image


A mixture of 4,6-dihydroxy-2-mercapto-pyrimidine (1.0 eq) and 711C (1.25 equiv) in HOAC (1.0 M) was heated to reflux and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled and concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel to provide compound 711D (37% yield).


Step E:
embedded image


MeI (1.8 equiv) was added to a suspension of 711D (4.0 g, 17.86 mmol) in DMF (0.3 M) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for about 15 hours, then poured into water and the resulting solution was filtered through a sintered funnel. The collected solid material was washed with water and dried under vacuum to provide compound 711E (96% yield).


Step F:
embedded image


m-CPBA (2.0 equiv) was added to a suspension of 711E (1.0 equiv) in CH2Cl2 (0.15 M) at room temperature. After stirring for 3 hours, the reaction was quenched with Me2S (3.0 eq) and concentrated in vacuo to provide a crude product which was washed with Hexane/EtOAc (v/v=3/1) to provide compound 711F as a mixture of sulfone and sulfoxide (90% yield, w/w=1/2).


Step G:
embedded image


Pent-2-yne-1-ol (2.0 equiv) was added dropwise to a suspension of NaH (2.0 equiv) in THF at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour to provide a clear solution to which was then added dropwise a solution of 711F (1.0 equiv) in DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred for about 2 hours at room temperature and was then quenched with HOAc (2.0 equiv). The resulting solution was diluted with EtOAc and washed sequentially with 0.1 M HCl, water and brine, then dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: hexane/CH2Cl2/EA (v/v/v=7/3/2)) to provide compound 711 (50% yield). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 329.2.


Using the method described above, and appropriate materials, Compounds 712-739 were prepared:

CompoundElectrosprayNo.StructureLCMS [M + 1]+712embedded image329.2713embedded image329.2714embedded image317.2715embedded image331.2716embedded image343.2717embedded image315.2718embedded image343.2719embedded image357.2720embedded image315.2721embedded image329.2722embedded image327.2723embedded image305724embedded image305725embedded image319726embedded image305727embedded image291728embedded image305729embedded image291730embedded image289731embedded image329732embedded image275733embedded image289734embedded image303735embedded image315736embedded image333737embedded image319738embedded image287739embedded image337.1


Preparative Example 740



embedded image



Step: 1
embedded image


A mixture of malonamide (40.00 g, 392.22 mmol) and NaOEt (21% 292.00 ml, 784.53 mmol) in MeOH (1 L) was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Difluoroacetic acid ethyl ester (58.00 g, 467.74 mmol) was then added to the reaction mixture and the reaction was heated to reflux and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solid product was collected by filtration and washed sequentially with EtOH, EtOAc and hexane, then sucked dry under vacuum to provide 45.0 g product as white powder (71% yield).


Step: 2
embedded image


A mixture of compound 740A (10.50 g, 64.81 mmol), compound 740B (14.90 g, 80.98 mmol), and sulfamic acid (6.29 g, 64.84 mmol) was heated to 165° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled to about 70° C., then poured into into a mixture of CH2Cl2/MeOH (1:1, 50 mL) and the resulting solution was filtered. The solid collected by filtration was then washed repeatedly with CH2Cl2/MeOH (1:1) and the eluates were combined and concentrated in vacuo to provide compound 740 as white crystals (3.30 g, 17%).


Using the method described above, and appropriate materials, Compounds 742, 743, 745, 746, 748, 750, 752, 754, 757 and 812 were prepared:

Com-ElectrospraypoundLCMSNo.Structure[M + 1]+742embedded image405.2743embedded image285.1745embedded image431.2746embedded image311.2748embedded image297.2750embedded image271.1752embedded image283.2754embedded image299.2757embedded image325.2812embedded image299.2


Preparative Example 758



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


NIS (6.72 g, 29.9 mmol) was added to a solution of 758A (5 g, 21 mmol) in DMF (70 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 50° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and water (100 mL) was added. The resulting solution was filtered, and the collected solid was washed with water then ether to provide compound 758B as a yellow powder (65% yield) which was used without further purification.


Step B:
embedded image


CuCN (0.246 g, 2.75 mmol) was added to a solution of 758B (1.0 g, 2.75 mmol) in DMF (10 mL). The reaction was refluxed for 2 h, under N2. After cooling to room temperature, H2O (50 mL) was added. The precipitated product was filtered, washed with water then ether to afford 16 (95% yield).


Step C:
embedded image


m-CPBA (0.936 g, 4.18 mmol) was added to a solution of 758C (0.55 g, 2.09 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL). The resulting reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 4 hours, then Me2S was added and the resulting solution was allowed to stir for an additional 10 minutes and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with 10 mL CH3CN/H2O (1:1) and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours then concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative TLC (15% MeOH/DCM) to provide compound 758. Electrospray MS: [MH+ ]=262.1


Using the method described above, and appropriate materials, compounds 759 and 760 were prepared:

CompoundElectrosprayNo.StructureLCMS [M + 1]+759embedded image288.2760embedded image262.1


Preparation Example 761



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Fuming HNO3 (0.9 mL) was added drop wise to a solution of 761A (0.5 g, 1.81 mmol) in HOAC (1.8 mL) under N2 The reaction was heated to 100° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for 30 minutes, then the reaction mixture was poured into cold water (5 mL). The precipitate formed was isolated and washed with acetonitrile (1 mL) to afford compound 761B (0.3 g, 51%). Electrospray MS: [MH+ ]=322.2


Step B:
embedded image


Zn dust (0.47 g, 7.2 mmol) was added to a solution of 761B (0.23 g, 0.72 mmol) in HOAc (3 mL) and MeOH (2 mL), and the resulting reaction was stirred at room temperature for about 18 hours. The reaction was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide a residue which was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2 mL). To the resulting solution was added Et3N (2 mL) followed by acetic anhydride (2 mL). The resulting reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for 24 hours, then was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: MeOH/CH2Cl2 (v/v=10/97)) to provide compound 761 (0.15 g, 62%). Electrospray MS: [MH+ ]=334.2


Preparative Example 762



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Trifluoroacetic acid ethyl ester (8.8 ml, 73.5 mmol) was slowly added to a suspension of malonamide (5 g, 49 mmol) and NaOEt (21% in EtOH, 36.5 ml, 98 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL). The resulting reaction was put under nitrogen atmosphere, heated to reflux, and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 20 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered and the collected yellow solid was washed with EtOAc, then EtOH to provide compound 762A.


Step B:
embedded image


Compound 711C (0.8 g, 4.2 mmol, prepared as described above in preparative example 711, step C) was added to a solution of 762A (0.5 g, 2.8 mmol) in HOAc (1.5 mL). The resulting reaction was heated to 120° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for 20 hours, then the reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 3% MeOH/CH2Cl2) followed by preparative TLC (5% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to to provide compound 762.


Using the method described above, and appropriate materials, compounds 763 and 764 were prepared:

CompoundElectrosprayNo.StructureLCMS [M + 1]+763embedded image329.2764embedded image289.2


Preparative Example 765



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


N-iodosuccinimide (40 g, 177 mmol) was added to a solution of 765A (15 g, 88 mmol) in a mixture of TFA-TFAA (300 mL, 30 mL) and the resulting reaction was heated heated to 85° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was partitioned between 200 mL of H2O and 100 mL of EtOAc. The precipitate was collected and washed with H2O and EtOAc, then dried in vacuo to afford compound 765B (20.2 g, 78%).


Step B:
embedded image


Na2CO3 (27 g, 300 mmol) and PMBCl (34 mL, 300 mmol) were added to a solution of 765B (20 g, 100 mmol) in DMF (300 mL). The resulting slurry was heated to 50° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between H2O (250 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with H2O, then brine, then dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was filtered through a pad of silica gel, eluted with EtOAc-heaxanes (1:10) followed by EtOAc-hexanes (1:1). The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was recrystalized from DCM and hexanes to afford 765C (16.6 g, 31%).


Step C:
embedded image


Lithium iodide (15.3 g, 114 mmol) was added to a solution of 765C (15.3 g, 28.5 mmol) in EtOAc (300 mL). The resulting slurry was stirred heated to 85° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature; then water (100 mL) was added and the resulting solution was transferred to a separatory funnel. The aqueous layer was separated and brought to a basic pH by the addition of 1 N NaOH, then the basified solution was washed with ether. The aqueous layer was then adjusted to pH=1 by addition of 1 N HCl and the resulting acidic solution was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed with 1 N sodium thiosulfate solution, dried over MgSO4, then filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide compound 765D (13.5 g, 90%).


Step D:
embedded image


Oxalyl chloride (0.2 mL, 2.32 mmol) was added to a solution of 765D (1.0 g, 1.91 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL), followed by addition of a drop of DMF. The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 30 minutes, then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (10 mL), and to the resulting solution was added allylamine (0.2 mL, 19.8 mmol). The resulting reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for about 15 hours, then the reaction mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and washed with 1 N HCl. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: EtOAc-hexanes, 1:1), to provide compound 765E (0.61 g, 60%).


Step E:
embedded image


In a sealed tube, Et3N (0.42 ml, 2.99 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (38 mg, 0.17 mmol) were added to a solution of 765E (1.0 g, 1.91 mmol) in DMF (6 mL). The resulting reaction was heated at 85° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours, then cooled to room temperature and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: EtOAc-hexanes, 1:1) to provide compound 765F (0.27 g, 36%).


Step F:
embedded image


A solution of 765F (262 mg, 0.60 mmol) in DMF/THF (1:1, 12 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and NaH (30 mg, 1.18 mmol, 95% oil dispersion) was added. The resulting reaction was allowed to stir at 0° C. was stirred for about 30 minutes, then iodomethane (0.1 mL, 1.60 mmol) was added and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction was quenched with water, and the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with CH2Cl2. The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting residue was purified using flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: EtOAc-hexanes, 1:1) to provide compounds 765G (5 mg, 4% yield) and 765H (121 mg, 90%).


Step G:
embedded image


TFA (0.5 mL) and TfOH (0.1 mL) were added to a solution of 765H (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (6 mL). The resulting reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature for about 15 hours, then concentrated in vacuo to provide a crude residue which was purified using preparatory TLC (eluent: acetic acid/CH2Cl2/EtOAc, 1:10:10) to provide compound 765 (12 mg, 26%). Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 208.1


Preparative Examples 766 and 767



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Diethylaminomethyl-polystyrene (40 g, 3.2 mmol/g, 128 mmol) was added to a solution of methoxylamine hydrochloride (5.0 g, 60 mmol) in MeOH (300 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. Then, TMSNCO (8.1 mL, 60 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 4 h. The polymer was filtered and washed twice with MeOH (50 mL, each). The volatiles were removed and the residue was dissolved in acetic acid (40 mL) then malonic acid (5.1 g, 60 mmol) and Ac2O (40 mL) were added. The mixture was heated at 70° C. for 10 h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in MeOH (100 mL), stirred for 10 min. and concentrated. The resulting residue was triturated in 1:1 EtOAc/Et2O and filtered to obtain 34 (4.2 g).


Step B:
embedded image


Sulfamic acid (613 mg, 6.32 mmol) was added to a mixture of 3-oxo-heptanoic acid methyl ester (2.0 g, 12.6 mmol) and 766A (1.0 g, 6.32 mmol). The mixture was heated at 140° C. for 4 hours. The resulting residue was dissolved in 10 mL of MeOH, filtered and separated using a Gilson HPLC to obtain pure 766 and 767. Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 267.1


Using the method described above, and appropriate materials, compounds 768-779 were prepared:

CompoundElectrosprayNo.StructureLCMS [M + 1]+768embedded image239.1 769embedded image293.1 770embedded image293.1 771embedded image292.2 772embedded image306.3 773embedded image306.31774embedded imageNA775embedded imageNA776embedded image307.1 777embedded image307.1 778embedded image281.1 779embedded image281.1 


Other illustrative compounds of formula (I), include but are not limted to compounds 796-810, which are depicted below:

Com-ElectrospraypoundLCMSNo.Structure[M + 1]+796embedded image322.2797embedded image322.2798embedded image343.2799embedded image343.2800embedded image307.2801embedded image307.2802embedded image295.2803embedded image269.1804embedded image309.2805embedded image253.1806embedded image253.1807embedded image193.1808embedded image222.2809embedded image253.1810embedded image211.1


Preparative Example 811



embedded image



Step A:


A solution of diethylmalonate (2.96 g, 18.48 mmol) and NaOMe (25 wt % in MeOH, 10.75 g, 49.76 mmol) was added to a solution of 2-fluoroacetamidine hydrochloride (2.0 g, 17.77 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL). The resulting reacton was heated to reflux and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 15 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuo, and the resulting residue was diluted with water (20 mL). The resulting solution was neutralized using concentrated HCl and the solid formed was collected by filtration, washed sequentially with H2O and Et2O, then sucked dry to provide compound 811A as a pale brown powder (1.8 g, 69%).


Step B
embedded image


A mixture of compound 811A (0.1 g, 0.694 mmol), compound 811B (0.295 g, 1.39 mmol) and sulfamic acid (0.034 g, 0.347 mmol) was heated to 130° C. and allowed to stir at this temperature for about 2 hours. The reaction mixtures was then cooled to room temperature and poured into into a mixture of CH2Cl2/MeOH (1:1, 1 mL). The resulting solution was purified using flash column chromatography (eluent: gradient of from 20% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide compound 811 product as a white solid.


Using the method described above, and appropriate materials, Compounds 741, 744, 747, 749, 751, 753, 755 and 756 were prepared:

Com-poundElectrosprayNo.StructureLCMS [M + 1]+741embedded image279744embedded image267.1747embedded image293.2749embedded image279.2751embedded image285.2753embedded image265.1755embedded image281.2756embedded image307.2


Preparative Example 813



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


K2CO3 (0.35 g, 2.54 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 102 (0.4 g, 1.69 mmol) and BrCH2F (0.21 g, 1.86 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and neutralized with aqueous HCl solution (0.5 N). The organic phase was washed with water (3×), dried (Mg2SO4), and concentrated under vacuo to provide crude product which was purified with PTLC (CH2CI2/MeOH=20/1) to give product 813 (5 mg), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 269.1.


Preparative Example 814



embedded image



Step A:
embedded image


Cs2CO3 (1.30 g, 3.99 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 711E (0.39 g, 1.33 mmol) and BrCHF2 (0.79 g, 6.05 mmol) in DMF (5.0 mL) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and neutralized with aqueous HCl solution (0.5 N). The organic phase was washed with water (3×), dried (Mg2SO4), and concentrated under vacuo to provide crude product which was purified with silica gel column chromatography (EtOAc/hexane gradient) to provide compound 814A (0.15 g).


Step B:
embedded image


CH3CO3H (0.30 mL, 1.4 mmol) was added at room temperature to a solution of 814A (80 mg, 0.234 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (2.0 mL). The mixture was stirred for 3 hours before it was quenched with Me2S (10.0 eq.). The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water (3×). The organic phase was washed with brine, dried (Mg2SO4), and concentrated under vacuo to provide crude product which was taken up in DMF (2.0 mL) and treated with Cs2CO3 (91.6 mg, 0.281 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour before it was diluted with ethyl acetate and neutralized with aqueous HCl solution (0.5 N). The organic phase was washed with water (3×), dried (Mg2SO4), and concentrated under vacuo to provide crude product which was purified with reverse phase Gilson separation to provide compound 814 (60 mg), Electrospray MS [M+1]+ 313.2.


Using the method described above in Preparative Examples 813 and 814, and substituting the appropriate bromo compound in Step A, Compounds 815-833 were prepared:

Com-ElectrospraypoundLCMSNo.Structure[M + 1]+815embedded image297.2816embedded image287.2817embedded image255.1818embedded image283.2819embedded image255.1820embedded image269.1821embedded image301.2822embedded image319.2823embedded image327.2824embedded image309.2825embedded image269.1826embedded image339.2827embedded image283.2828embedded image301.2829embedded image319.2830embedded image327.2831embedded image327.2832embedded image255.1833embedded image297.2


Nicotinic Acid Receptor Assay

The nicotinic acid receptor agonist activity of the inventive compounds was determined by following the inhibition of forskolin-stimulated cAMP accumulation in cells using the MesoScale Discovery cAMP detection kit following the manufacturer's protocol. Briefly, Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells expressing recombinant human nicotinic acid receptor (NAR) were harvested enzymatically, washed 1× in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and resuspended in PBS containing 0.5 mM IBMX at 3×106 cells/mL. Ten μL of cell suspension was added to each well of a 384-well plate which contained 10 μL of test compounds. Test compounds were diluted with PBS containing 6 μM of forskolin. Plates were incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature after the addition of cells. Lysis buffer containing cAMP-Tag was added to each well (10 μL/well) as per the manufacturer's protocol. Plates were then incubated from 45 minutes to overnight. Prior to reading, 10 μL of read buffer was added to each well, and the plate was read in a Sector 6000 plate imager. The signal was converted to cAMP concentration using a standard curve run on each plate. Compound EC50 values were determined from concentration gradients of test compounds.


Compounds of Formula (I) of the present invention, and salts, solvates, or esters thereof, have cAMP EC50 values of less than about 10,000 nM, preferably about 1000 nM or less, more preferably about 500 nM or less, even more preferably about 100 nM or less.


Examples 1, 5, 10, 29, 39, 71, 101-116, and 118-135 have cAMP EC50 values of 100 nM or less.


The activity of selected illustrative compounds of the invention as determined using the above-described assay is presented in the following Table:


Nicotinic Recepor Agonist Activity of Selected Illustrative Compounds of the Invention
















Compound

NA EC50


No.
Structure
camp (nM)






















11


embedded image


125.0





35


embedded image


9.0





90


embedded image


475.3





74


embedded image


183.0





102


embedded image


31.0





103


embedded image


74.3





104


embedded image


47.0





107


embedded image


18.7





108


embedded image


28.0





112


embedded image


14.4





116


embedded image


12.6





117


embedded image


155.0





118


embedded image


4.2





119


embedded image


10.1





122


embedded image


5.3





123


embedded image


4.3





124


embedded image


78.5





125


embedded image


1.2





126


embedded image


26.5





127


embedded image


57.3





128


embedded image


6.3





129


embedded image


106.5





135


embedded image


4.8





223


embedded image


26.45





229


embedded image


47.4





241


embedded image


12.95





262


embedded image


49.9





266


embedded image


1.2





268


embedded image


2.1





292


embedded image


300





297


embedded image


56.75





512


embedded image


95.5





589


embedded image


33.8





645


embedded image


26.2





666


embedded image


63.3





691


embedded image


47.5





712


embedded image


57.0





713


embedded image


22.0





714


embedded image


66.0





715


embedded image


671.0





716


embedded image


171.5





717


embedded image


259.0





718


embedded image


162.5





719


embedded image


152.0





720


embedded image


89.5





721


embedded image


225.5





722


embedded image


111.5





723


embedded image


296





724


embedded image


59.5





725


embedded image


675





726


embedded image


219





727


embedded image


179





728


embedded image


26.2





729


embedded image


49.9





730


embedded image


155.8





731


embedded image


177.4





732


embedded image


95.5





733


embedded image


52.6





734


embedded image


71.8





735


embedded image


94





736


embedded image


32.9





737


embedded image


59.5





738


embedded image


33.8





739


embedded image


136.8





740


embedded image


130





741


embedded image


123





742


embedded image


1068





743


embedded image


212.5





744


embedded image


128





745


embedded image


10000





746


embedded image


1402





747


embedded image


1233





748


embedded image


286





749


embedded image


182.5





750


embedded image


1892.5





751


embedded image


487





752


embedded image


248





753


embedded image


228





754


embedded image


308





755


embedded image


286





759


embedded image


2326





760


embedded image


10000





763


embedded image


7734





764


embedded image


8922





768


embedded image


383.5





769


embedded image


19





770


embedded image


908





771


embedded image


17





772


embedded image


39





773


embedded image


48.5





774


embedded image


28.0





776


embedded image


10000





777


embedded image


5600





778


embedded image


9150





779


embedded image


2851





780


embedded image


36





781


embedded image


68





782


embedded image


94





783


embedded image


64





784


embedded image


17.9





786


embedded image


5331





787


embedded image


681.5





788


embedded image


38.5





789


embedded image


88





791


embedded image


50





792


embedded image


44





796


embedded image


>10000





797


embedded image


>1000





798


embedded image


>10000





799


embedded image


>10000





800


embedded image


>10000





801


embedded image


>10000





802


embedded image


12





803


embedded image


3450





804


embedded image


178





805


embedded image


2063





806


embedded image


256





807


embedded image


>10000





808


embedded image


>10000





809


embedded image


187





810


embedded image


>10000





811


embedded image


22





812


embedded image


40





813


embedded image


256





814


embedded image


161





815


embedded image


10000





816


embedded image


291





817


embedded image


1450





818


embedded image


308





819


embedded image


1536





820


embedded image


10000





821


embedded image


142





822


embedded image


10000





823


embedded image


10000





824


embedded image


91





825


embedded image


616





826


embedded image


3251





827


embedded image


690





828


embedded image


407





829


embedded image


882





830


embedded image


112





831


embedded image


531





832


embedded image


304





833


embedded image


511









The activity of several other compounds of the present invention is shown earlier in this specification as A, B or C. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the herein-described inventive compounds exhibit excellent nicotinic acid receptor agonist activity. While the present invention has been described with in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and other variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.

Claims
  • 1. A compound having the formula:
  • 2. The compound of claim 1, having the formula:
  • 3. The compound of claim 1, having the formula:
  • 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:
  • 5. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:
  • 6. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:
  • 7. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:
  • 8. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:
  • 9. The compound of claim 1, wherein R1 is —H, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, -alkylene-S-alkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl; R2 is —H, —CN, or —NHC(O)-alkyl; R3 is —H, —OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl; R4 is —O-cycloalkyl, —O-alkynyl, —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl, haloalkyl or —O—N═C(R12)2, wherein both R12 groups, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, combine to form a heterocyclyl group, and wherein the alkynyl portion of an —O-alkynyl group can be optionally subsituted with —OH or alkoxy; and wherein the cycloalkyl portion of an —O-cycloalkyl group can be optionally substituted with an -alkylene-O-alkylene-aryl group; and R5 is —H, —OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl; and R6 is alkoxy, —O-alkylene-O-alkyl, —O-arylalkyl or —O-haloalkyl.
  • 10. The compound of claim 9, wherein Q is:  R1 is alkyl, haloalkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl; R2 is —H; and R5 is —H or alkyl.
  • 11. The compound of claim 9, wherein Q is:  R1 is alkyl, haloalkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl; and R2 is —H.
  • 12. The compound of claim 10, wherein Q is:  and R4 is —O-alkynyl or —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl, wherein the alkynyl portion of an —O-alkynyl group can be optionally subsituted with —OH or alkoxy.
  • 13. The compound of claim 10, wherein Q is:  and R4 is haloalkyl.
  • 14. The compound of claim 10, wherein Q is:  and R4 is —O—N═C(R12)2, wherein both R12 groups, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, combine to form a heterocyclyl group.
  • 15. The compound of claim 13, wherein R4 is —CH2F or —CH(F)2.
  • 16. The compound of claim 14, wherein R4 is:
  • 17. The compound of claim 2, wherein Q is:
  • 18. The compound of claim 17, wherein R4 is —O-alkynyl or —O-alkynylene-cycloalkyl, wherein the alkynyl portion of an —O-alkynyl group can be optionally subsituted with —OH or alkoxy.
  • 19. The compound of claim 17, wherein R4 is haloalkyl.
  • 20. The compound of claim 17, wherein R4 is —O—N═C(R12)2, wherein both R12 groups, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, combine to form a heterocyclyl group.
  • 21. The compound of claim 17, wherein R4 is —CH2F, —CH(F)2, —CF3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C-cyclopropyl, —OCH2C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3, —OCH2C═CCH(OH)CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH2CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2C═CCH2CH2CH, —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3OH, —OCH(CH3)C≡CCH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C-cyclohexyl, —O-cyclobutyl,
  • 22. The compound of claim 21, wherein R4 is —CH2F, —CH(F)2 or
  • 23. The compound of claim 2, wherein Q is:
  • 24. The compound of claim 23, wherein R4 is —CH2F, —CH(F)2, —CF3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C-cyclopropyl, —OCH2C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH2CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH, —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3OH, —OCH(CH3)C≡CCH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C-cyclohexyl, —O-cyclobutyl,
  • 25. The compound of claim 24, wherein R4 is —CH2F, —CH(F)2 or
  • 26. The compound of claim 24, wherein R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • 27. The compound of claim 24, wherein R1 is —(CH2)3-cyclopropyl or —CH2)2-cyclobutyl.
  • 28. The compound of claim 3, wherein Q is:
  • 29. The compound of claim 28, wherein R1 is alkyl, haloalkyl, or -alkylene-cycloalkyl; and R2, R3 and R5 are each —H.
  • 30. The compound of claim 28, wherein R1 is alkyl, haloalkyl, or -alkylene-cycloalkyl; R2 is —H and one, but not both of R3 and R5 are —H.
  • 31. The compound of claim 29, wherein R1 is a straight chain alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • 32. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:  R1 is alkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R2 is —H.
  • 33. The compound of claim 32, wherein R4 is haloalkyl or —O—N═C(R12)2, wherein both R12 groups, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, combine to form a heterocyclyl group.
  • 34. The compound of claim 33, wherein R4 is —CH2F or —CH(F)2.
  • 35. The compound of claim 30, wherein R1 is methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, n-phenyl, —(CH2)3-cyclopropyl or —(CH2)2-cyclobutyl, R2 is —H, and R4 is —CH2F, —CH(F)2, —CF3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C-cyclopropyl, —OCH2C≡CCH(OCH3)CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH(OH)CH2CH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2C≡CCH2CH2CH, —OCH2C≡C(CH2)3OH, —OCH(CH3)C≡CCH2CH3, —OCH2C≡C-cyclohexyl, —O-cyclobutyl,
  • 36. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is:  R1 is alkyl or -alkylene-cycloalkyl and R2 is —H.
  • 37. The compound of claim 36, wherein one, but not both, of R3 and R5 is —H.
  • 38. The compound of claim 37, wherein one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is —OH, alkyl, haloalkyl, arylalkyl, —O-alkyl, —O-aryl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, —O-cycloalkyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-arylalkyl or -alkylene-O-alkyl.
  • 39. The compound of claim 38, wherein one of R3 and R5 is —H and the other is —OCH3, cyclobutyl, ethyl, N-morpholinyl, —O—benzyl, —CH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH3, —CH2F, —CH2CH2F or —OH.
  • 40. The compound of claim 2 having the structure:
  • 41. The compound of claim 3 having the structure:
  • 42. A compound having the structure:
  • 43. A composition comprising at least one compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 44. A composition comprising at least one compound of claim 2 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 45. A composition comprising at least one compound of claim 3 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 46. A composition comprising at least one compound of claim 42 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 47. The composition of claim 43, further comprising at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agents, Vytorin®, ezetimibe, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferaseinhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone, β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 48. The composition of claim 47, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 49. The composition of claim 48, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is simvastatin.
  • 50. The composition of claim 47, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is a cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor.
  • 51. The composition of claim 50, wherein the cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor is torcetrapib.
  • 52. The composition of claim 47, wherein the at least one additional therapetuic agent is Vytorin®, ezetimibe, aspirin, ibuprofen or acetaminophen or a combination thereof.
  • 53. The composition of claim 44, further comprising at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agents, Vytorin®, ezetimibe, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferaseinhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1, antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 54. The composition of claim 53, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 55. The composition of claim 54, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is simvastatin.
  • 56. The composition of claim 53, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is a cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor.
  • 57. The composition of claim 56, wherein the cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor is torcetrapib.
  • 58. The composition of claim 53, wherein the at least one additional therapetuic agent is Vytorin®, ezetimibe, aspirin, ibuprofen or acetaminophen or a combination thereof.
  • 59. The composition of claim 45, further comprising at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agents, Vytorin®, ezetimibe, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferaseinhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 60. The composition of claim 59, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 61. The composition of claim 60, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is simvastatin.
  • 62. The composition of claim 53, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is a cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor.
  • 63. The composition of claim 62, wherein the cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor is torcetrapib.
  • 64. The composition of claim 53, wherein the at least one additional therapetuic agent is Vytorin®, ezetimibe, aspirin, ibuprofen or acetaminophen or a combination thereof.
  • 65. The composition of claim 46, further comprising at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agents, Vytorin®, ezetimibe, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferaseinhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1, antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 66. The composition of claim 65, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 67. The composition of claim 66, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is simvastatin.
  • 68. The composition of claim 65, wherein the at least one additional therapeutic agent is a cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor.
  • 69. The composition of claim 68, wherein the cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitor is torcetrapib.
  • 70. The composition of claim 65, wherein the at least one additional therapetuic agent is Vytorin®, ezetimibe, aspirin, ibuprofen or acetaminophen or a combination thereof.
  • 71. A method of treating metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, a disorder of the peripheral and central nervous system, a hematological disease, cancer, inflammation, a respiratory disease, a gastroenterological disease, diabetes or non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in a patient, wherein the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof.
  • 72. The method of claim 71, wherein the treating is for dyslipidemia.
  • 73. The method of claim 71, further comprising administering at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agent, ezetimibe, Vytorin®, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase inhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, Omacor®, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 74. The method of claim 73, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from: lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 75. The method of claim 74, wherein the additional active ingredient is simvastatin.
  • 76. A method of treating metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, a disorder of the peripheral and central nervous system, a hematological disease, cancer, inflammation, a respiratory disease, a gastroenterological disease, diabetes or non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in a patient, wherein the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof.
  • 77. The method of claim 76, wherein the treating is for dyslipidemia.
  • 78. The method of claim 76, further comprising administering at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agent, ezetimibe, Vytorin®, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase inhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, Omacor®, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1 antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 79. The method of claim 78, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from: lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 80. The method of claim 79, wherein the additional active ingredient is simvastatin.
  • 81. A method of treating metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, a disorder of the peripheral and central nervous system, a hematological disease, cancer, inflammation, a respiratory disease, a gastroenterological disease, diabetes or non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in a patient, wherein the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof.
  • 82. The method of claim 81, wherein the treating is for dyslipidemia.
  • 83. The method of claim 81, further comprising administering at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agent, ezetimibe, Vytorin®, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase inhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, Omacor®, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1, antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 84. The method of claim 83, wherein the at least one additional active ingredient is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from: lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 85. The method of claim 84, wherein the additional active ingredient is simvastatin.
  • 86. A method of treating metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, a cardiovascular disease, a disorder of the peripheral and central nervous system, a hematological disease, cancer, inflammation, a respiratory disease, a gastroenterological disease, diabetes or non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in a patient, wherein the method comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of claim 42, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester, or tautomer thereof.
  • 87. The method of claim 86, wherein the treating is for dyslipidemia.
  • 88. The method of claim 86, further comprising administering at least one additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy-substituted azetidinone compounds, substituted β-lactam compounds, HMG CoA reductase inhibitor compounds, HMG CoA synthetase inhibitors, squalene synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, sterol biosynthesis inhibitors, nicotinic acid derivatives, bile acid sequestrants, inorganic cholesterol sequestrants, aspirin, NSAID agent, ezetimibe, Vytorin®, AcylCoA:Cholesterol O-acyltransferase inhibitors, cholesteryl ester transfer protein inhibitors, fish oils containing Omega 3 fatty acids, natural water soluble fibers, plant stanols and/or fatty acid esters of plant stanols, Omacor®, anti-oxidants, PPAR α agonists, PPAR γ-agonists, FXR receptor modulators, LXR receptor agonists, lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors, renin angiotensin inhibitors, microsomal triglyceride transport protein inhibitors, bile acid reabsorption inhibitors, PPAR δ agonists, triglyceride synthesis inhibitors, squalene epoxidase inhibitors, low density lipoprotein receptor inducers or activators, platelet aggregation inhibitors, 5-LO or FLAP inhibitors, PPAR δ partial agonists, niacin or niacin receptor agonists, 5HT transporter inhibitors, NE transporter inhibitors, CB1, antagonists/inverse agonists, ghrelin antagonists, H3 antagonists/inverse agonists, MCH1R antagonists, MCH2R agonists/antagonists, NPY1 antagonists, NPY5 antagonists, NPY2 agonists, NPY4 agonists, mGluR5 antagonists, leptins, leptin agonists/modulators, leptin derivatives, opioid antagonists, orexin receptor antagonists, BRS3 agonists, CCK-A agonists, CNTF, CNTF derivatives, CNTF agonists/modulators, 5HT2c agonists, Mc4r agonists, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, serotonin reuptake inhibitors, GLP-1 agonists, phentermine, topiramate, phytopharm compound 57, ghrelin antibodies, Mc3r agonists, ACC inhibitors, β3 agonists, DGAT1 inhibitors, DGAT2 inhibitors, FAS inhibitors, PDE inhibitors, thyroid hormone β agonists, UCP-1 activators, UCP-2 activators, UCP-3 activators, acyl-estrogens, glucocorticoid agonists/antagonists, 11β HSD-1 inhibitors, SCD-1 inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, fatty acid transporter inhibitors, dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors, glucose transporter inhibitors, phosphate transporter inhibitors, antidiabetic agents, anti-hypertensive agents, anti-dyslipidemic agents, DP receptor antagonists, apolipoprotein-B secretion/microsomal triglyceride transfer protein (apo-B/MTP) inhibitors, sympathomimetic agonists, dopamine agonists, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor analogs, melanin concentrating hormone antagonists, leptons, galanin receptor antagonists, bombesin agonists, neuropeptide-Y antagonists, thyromimetic agents, dehydroepiandrosterone, analogs of dehydroepiandrosterone, urocortin binding protein antagonists, glucagons-like peptide-1 receptor agonists, human agouti-related proteins (AGRP), neuromedin U receptor agonists, noradrenergic anorectic agents, appetite suppressants, hormone sensitive lipase antagonists, MSH-receptor analogs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, apo A1 milano reverse cholesterol transport inhibitors, fatty acid binding protein inhibitors (FABP), and fatty acid transporter protein inhibitors (FATP).
  • 89. The method of claim 88, wherein the at least one additional active 10 ingredient is an HMG CoA synthetase inhibitor selected from: lovastatin, simvastatin, pravastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin calcium, and pitavastatin.
  • 90. The method of claim 89, wherein the additional active ingredient is simvastatin.
  • 91. The method of claim 71, wherein the administration is oral, intravenous or subcutaneous.
  • 92. The method of claim 76, wherein the administration is oral, intravenous or subcutaneous.
  • 93. The method of claim 81, wherein the administration is oral, intravenous or subcutaneous.
  • 94. The method of claim 86, wherein the administration is oral, intravenous or subcutaneous.
REFERENCE TO PRIORITY APPLICATIONS

This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/432,133, filed May 11, 2006, which claims the benefit of priority from U.S. provisional patent applications, Ser. Nos. 60/681,848 filed May 17, 2005; 60/715,565 filed Sep. 9, 2005; and 60/731,039 filed Oct. 28, 2005, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Provisional Applications (3)
Number Date Country
60681848 May 2005 US
60715565 Sep 2005 US
60731039 Oct 2005 US
Continuation in Parts (1)
Number Date Country
Parent 11432133 May 2006 US
Child 11600216 Nov 2006 US